Project

General

Profile

Statistics
| Revision:

root / src / test.txt

History | View | Annotate | Download (356 KB)

1 1 up20150487
2
3
1492
4
by
5
Mary Johnston
6
Part 1 out of 7
7
8
    FullBooks.com homepage
9
    Index of 1492
10
    Next part (2)
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Scanned by Charles Keller with OmniPage Professional OCR software
19
Updates and fixes by Martin Robb
20
21
22
23
1492
24
25
by MARY JOHNSON
26
27
28
29
30
1492
31
32
CHAPTER I
33
34
THE morning was gray and I sat by the sea near Palos
35
in a gray mood. I was Jayme de Marchena, and that
36
was a good, _old Christian_ name. But my grandmother
37
was Jewess, and in corners they said that she never
38
truly recanted, and I had been much with her as a child.
39
She was dead, but still they talked of her. Jayme de Marchena,
40
looking back from the hillside of forty-six, saw some
41
service done for the Queen and the folk. This thing and
42
that thing. Not demanding trumpets, but serviceable. It
43
would be neither counted nor weighed beside and against
44
that which Don Pedro and the Dominican found to say.
45
What they found to say they made, not found. They took
46
clay of misrepresentation, and in the field of falsehood sat
47
them down, and consulting the parchment of malice, proceeded
48
to create. But false as was all they set up, the time
49
would cry it true.
50
51
It was reasonable that I should find the day gray.
52
53
Study and study and study, year on year, and at last
54
image a great thing, just under the rim of the mind's ocean,
55
sending up for those who will look streamers above horizon,
56
streamers of colored and wonderful light! Study and reason
57
and with awe and delight take light from above. Dream
58
of good news for one and all, of life given depth and brought
59
into music, dream of giving the given, never holding it back,
60
which would be avarice and betraying! Write, and give
61
men and women to read what you have written, and believe
62
--poor Deluded!--that they also feel inner warmth and
63
light and rejoice.
64
65
Oh, gray the sea and gray the shore!
66
67
But some did feel it.
68
69
The Dominican, when it fell into his hands, called it
70
perdition. A Jewess for grandmother, and Don Pedro for
71
enemy. And now the Dominican--the Dominicans!
72
73
The Queen and the King made edict against the Jews, and
74
there sat the Inquisition.
75
76
I was--I am--Christian. It is a wide and deep and
77
high word. When you ask, "What is it--Christian?"
78
then must each of us answer as it is given to him to answer.
79
I and thou--and the True, the Universal Christ give us
80
light!
81
82
To-day all Andalusia, all Castile and all Spain to me
83
seemed gray, and gray the utter Ocean that stretched no
84
man knew where. The gray was the gray of fetters and of
85
ashes.
86
87
The tide made, and as the waves came nearer, eating the
88
sand before me, they uttered a low crying. _In danger--
89
danger--in danger, Jayme de Marchena!_
90
91
I had been in danger before. Who is not often and always
92
in danger, in life? But this was a danger to daunt.
93
94
Mine were no powerful friends. I had only that which
95
was within me. I was only son of only son, and my parents
96
and grandparents were dead, and my distant kindred cold,
97
seeing naught of good in so much study and thinking of
98
that old, dark, beautiful, questionable one, my grandmother.
99
I had indeed a remote kinsman, head of a convent in this
100
neighborhood, and he was a wise man and a kindly. But
101
not he either could do aught here!
102
103
All the Jews to be banished, and Don Pedro with a steady
104
forefinger, "That man--take him, too! Who does not
105
know that his grandmother was Jewess, and that he lived
106
with her and drank poison?" But the Dominican, "No!
107
The Holy Office will take him. You have but to read--only
108
you must not read--what he has written to see why!"
109
110
Gray Ocean, stretching endlessly and now coming close,
111
were it not well if I drowned myself this gray morning
112
while I can choose the death I shall die? Now the great
113
murmur sang _Well_, and now it sang Not well.
114
115
Low cliff and heaped sand and a solitary bird wide-winging
116
toward the mountains of Portugal, and the Ocean gray-
117
blue and salt! The salt savor entered me, and an inner zest
118
came forward and said No, to being craven. In banishment
119
certainly, in the House of the Inquisition more doubtfully,
120
the immortal man might yet find market from which to buy!
121
If the mind could surmount, the eternal quest need not be
122
interrupted--even there!
123
124
Blue Ocean sang to me.
125
126
A vision--it came to me at times, vision--set itself in
127
air. I saw A People who persecuted neither Jew nor thinker.
128
It rose one Figure, formed of an infinite number of small
129
figures, but all their edges met in one glow. The figure
130
stood upon the sea and held apart the clouds, and was free
131
and fair and mighty, and was man and woman melted together,
132
and it took all colors and made of them a sun for its
133
brow. I did not know when it would live, but I knew that
134
it should live. Perhaps it was the whole world.
135
136
It vanished, leaving sky and ocean and Andalusia. But
137
great visions leave great peace. After it, for this day, it
138
seemed not worth while to grieve and miserably to forebode.
139
Through the hours that I lay there by the sea, airs from that
140
land or that earth blew about me and faint songs visited
141
my ears, and the gray day was only gray like a dove's
142
breast.
143
144
Jayme de Marchena stayed by the lonely sea because that
145
seemed the safest place to stay. At hand was the small
146
port of Palos that might not know what was breeding in
147
Seville, and going thither at nightfall I found lodging and
148
supper in a still corner where all night I heard the Tinto
149
flowing by.
150
151
I had wandered to Palos because of the Franciscan convent
152
of Santa Maria de la Rabida and my very distant kins-
153
man, Fray Juan Perez. The day after the gray day by the
154
shore I walked half a league of sandy road and came to
155
convent gate. The porter let me in, and I waited in a little
156
court with doves about me and a swinging bell above until
157
the brother whom he had called returned and took me to
158
Prior's room. At first Fray Juan Perez was stiff and cold,
159
but by littles this changed and he became a good man, large-
160
minded and with a sense for kindred. Clearly he thought
161
that I should not have had a Jewish grandmother, nor have
162
lived with her from my third to my tenth birthday, and most
163
clearly that I should not have written that which I had
164
written. But his God was an energetic, enterprising, kindly
165
Prince, rather bold himself and tolerant of heathen. Fray
166
Juan Perez even intimated a doubt if God wanted
167
the Inquisition. "But that's going rather far!" he said
168
hastily and sat drumming the table and pursing his lips.
169
Presently he brought out, "But you know I can't do anything!"
170
171
I did know it. What could he do? I suppose I had
172
had a half-hope of something. I knew not what. Without
173
a hope I would not have come to La Rabida. But it was
174
maimed from the first, and now it died. I made a gesture
175
of relinquishment. "No, I suppose you cannot--"
176
177
He said after a moment that he was glad to see that I
178
had let my beard grow and was very plainly dressed, though
179
I had never been elaborate there, and especially was he glad
180
that I was come to Palos not as Jayme de Marchena, but
181
under a plain and simple name, Juan Lepe, to wit. His advice
182
was to flee from the wrath to come. He would not say
183
flee from the Holy Office--that would be heinous!--but
184
he would say absent myself, abscond, be banished, Jayme
185
de Marchena by Jayme de Marchena. There were barques
186
in Palos and rude seamen who asked no question when
187
gold just enough, and never more than enough, was shown.
188
He hesitated a moment and then asked if I had funds. If
189
not--
190
191
I thanked him and said that I had made provision.
192
193
"Then," said he, "go to Barbary, Don Jayme! An intelligent
194
and prudent man may prosper at Ercilla or at Fez.
195
If you must study, study there."
196
197
"You also study," I said.
198
199
"In fair trodden highways--never in thick forest and
200
mere fog!" he answered. "Now if you were like one who
201
has been here and is now before Granada, at Santa Fe, sent
202
for thither by the Queen! That one hath indeed studied to
203
benefit Spain--Spain, Christendom, and the world!"
204
205
I asked who was that great one, but before he could tell
206
me came interruption. A visitor entered, a strong-lipped,
207
bold-eyed man named Martin Pinzon. I was to meet him
208
again and often, but at this time I did not know that. Fray
209
Juan Perez evidently desiring that I should go, I thought
210
it right to oblige him who would have done me kindness
211
had he known how. I went without intimate word of parting
212
and after only a casual stare from Martin Pinzon.
213
214
But without, my kinsman came after me. "I want to
215
say, Don Jayme, that if I am asked for testimony I shall
216
hold to it that you are as good Christian as any--"
217
218
It was kinsman's part and all that truly I could have
219
hoped for, and I told him so. About us was quiet, vacant
220
cloister, and we parted more warmly than we had done
221
within.
222
223
The white convent of La Rabida is set on a headland
224
among vineyards and pine trees. It regards the ocean and,
225
afar, the mountains of Portugal, and below it runs a small
226
river, going out to sea through sands with the Tinto and the
227
Odiel. Again the day was gray and the pine trees sighing.
228
The porter let me out at gate.
229
230
I walked back toward Palos through the sandy ways. I
231
did not wish to go to Africa.
232
233
It is my belief that that larger Self whom they will call
234
protecting Saint or heavenly Guardian takes hand in affairs
235
oftener than we think! Leaving the Palos road, I went to
236
the sea as I had done yesterday and again sat under heaped
237
sand with about me a sere grass through which the wind
238
whined. At first it whined and then it sang in a thin, outlandish
239
voice. Sitting thus, I might have looked toward
240
Africa, but I knew now that I was not going to Africa.
241
Often, perhaps, in the unremembered past I had been in
242
Africa; often, doubtless, in ages to come its soil would be
243
under my foot, but now I was not going there! To-day I
244
looked westward over River-Ocean, unknown to our fathers
245
and unknown to ourselves. It was unknown as the future
246
of the world.
247
248
Ocean piled before me. From where I lay it seemed to
249
run uphill to one pale line, nor blue nor white, set beneath
250
the solid gray. Over that hilltop, what? Only other hills
251
and plains, water, endlessly water, until the waves, so much
252
mightier than waves of that blue sea we knew best, should
253
beat at last against Asia shore! So high, so deep, so vast,
254
so real, yet so empty-seeming save for strange dangers! No
255
sails over the hilltop; no sails in all that Vast save close at
256
hand where mariners held to the skirts of Mother. Europe.
257
Ocean vast, Ocean black, Ocean unknown. Yet there, too,
258
life and the knowing of life ran somehow continuous.
259
260
It wiled me from my smaller self. How had we all
261
suffered, we the whole earth! But we were moving, we the
262
world with none left out, moving toward That which held
263
worlds, which was conscious above worlds. Long the
264
journey, long the adventure, but it was not worth while fearing,
265
it was not worth while whining! I was not alone
266
Jayme de Marchena, nor Juan Lepe, nor this name nor that
267
nor the other.
268
269
There was now a great space of quiet in my mind. Suddenly
270
formed there the face and figure of Don Enrique de
271
Cerda whose life I had had the good hap to save. He was
272
far away with the Queen and King who beleaguered Granada.
273
I had not seen him for ten years. A moment before
274
he had rested among the host of figures in the unevenly
275
lighted land of memory. Now he stood forth plainly and
276
seemed to smile.
277
278
I took the leading. With the inner eye I have seen lines
279
of light like subtle shining cords running between persons.
280
Such a thread stretched now between me and Enrique de
281
Cerda. I determined to make my way, as Juan Lepe, through
282
the mountains and over the plain of Granada to Santa Fe.
283
284
285
286
CHAPTER II
287
288
SET will to an end and promptly eyes open to means!
289
I did not start for Granada from Palos but from
290
Huelva, and I quitted Andalusia as a porter in a small
291
merchant train carrying goods of sorts to Zarafa that was a
292
mountain town taken from the Moors five years back. I
293
was to these folk Juan Lepe, a strong, middle-aged man
294
used to ships but now for some reason tired of them. My
295
merchants had only eyes for the safety of their persons and
296
their bales, plunged the third day into mountainous wild
297
country echoing and ghastly with long-lasting war. Their
298
servants and muleteers walked and rode, lamented or were
299
gay, raised faction, swore, laughed, traveled grimly or in
300
a dull melancholy or mirthfully; quarreled and made peace,
301
turn by turn, day by day, much alike. One who was a
302
bully fixed a quarrel upon me and another took my part.
303
All leaped to sides. I was forgotten in the midst of them;
304
they could hardly have told now what was the cause of battle.
305
A young merchant rode back to chide and settle matters.
306
At last some one remembered that Diego had struck
307
Juan Lepe who had flung him off. Then Tomaso had
308
sprung in and struck Diego. Then Miguel--"Let Juan
309
Lepe alone!" said my merchant. "Fie! a poor Palos seafaring
310
child, and you great Huelva men!" They laughed at
311
that, and the storm vanished as it had come.
312
313
I liked the young man.
314
315
How wild and without law, save "Hold if you can!"
316
were these mountains!' "Hold if you can to life--hold if
317
you can to knowledge--hold if you can to joy!" Black
318
cliff overhung black glen and we knew there were dens of
319
robbers. Far and near violence falls like black snow. This
320
merchant band gathered to sleep under oaks with a great
321
rock at our back. We had journeyers' supper and fire, for
322
it was cold, cold in these heights. A little wine was given
323
and men fell to sleep by the heaped bales; horses, asses and
324
mules being fastened close under the crag. Three men
325
watched, to be relieved in middle night by other three who
326
now slept. A muleteer named Rodrigo and Juan Lepe and
327
the young merchant took the first turn. The first two sat on
328
one side of the fire and the young merchant on the other.
329
330
The muleteer remained sunken in a great cloak, his chin
331
on his arms folded upon his knees, and what he saw in the
332
land within I cannot tell. But the young merchant was of a
333
quick disposition and presently must talk. For some distance
334
around us spread bare earth set only with shrubs and stones.
335
Also the rising moon gave light, and with that and our own
336
strength we did not truly look for any attack. We sat and
337
talked at ease, though with lowered voices, Rodrigo somewhere
338
away and the rest of the picture sleeping. The merchant
339
asked what had been my last voyage.
340
341
I answered, after a moment, to England.
342
343
"You do not seem to me," he said, "a seaman. But I
344
suppose there are all kinds of seamen."
345
346
I said yes, the sea was wide.
347
348
"England now, at the present moment?" he said, and
349
questioned me as to Bristol, of which port he had trader's
350
knowledge. I answered out of a book I had read. It was
351
true that, living once by the sea, I knew how to handle a
352
boat. I could find in memory sailors' terms. But still he
353
said, "You are not a seaman such as we see at Palos and
354
San Lucar."
355
356
It is often best not to halt denial. Let it pass by and
357
wander among the wild grasses!
358
359
"I myself," he said presently, "have gone by sea to Vigo
360
and to Bordeaux." He warmed his hands at the fire, then
361
clasped them about his knees and gazed into the night.
362
"What, Juan Lepe, is that Ocean we look upon when we
363
look west? I mean, where does it go? What does it
364
strike?"
365
366
"India, belike. And Cathay. To-day all men believe
367
the earth to be round."
368
369
"A long way!" he said. "O Sancta Maria! All that
370
water!"
371
372
"We do not have to drink it."
373
374
He laughed. "No! Nor sail it. But after I had been on
375
that voyage I could see us always like mice running close to
376
a wall, forever and forever! Juan Lepe, we are little and
377
timid!"
378
379
I liked his spirit. "One day we shall be lions and eagles
380
and bold prophets! Then our tongue shall taste much beside
381
India and Cathay!"
382
383
"Well, I hope it," he said. "Mice running under the
384
headlands."
385
386
He fell silent, cherishing his knees and staring into the
387
fire. It was not Juan Lepe's place to talk when master merchant
388
talked not. I, too, regarded the fire, and the herded
389
mountains robed in night, and the half-moon like a sail rising
390
from an invisible boat.
391
392
The night went peacefully by. It was followed by a
393
hard day's travel and the incident of the road. At evening
394
we saw the walls of Zarafa in a sunset glory. The merchants
395
and their train passed through the gate and found
396
their customary inn. With others, Juan Lepe worked hard,
397
unlading and storing. All done, he and the bully slept almost
398
in each other's arms, under the arches of the court,
399
dreamlessly.
400
401
The next day and the next were still days of labor. It
402
was not until the third that Juan Lepe considered that he
403
might now absent himself and there be raised no hue and
404
cry after strong shoulders. He had earned his quittance,
405
and in the nighttime, upon his hands and knees, he crept
406
from the sleepers in the court. Just before dawn the inn
407
gate swung open. He had been waiting close to it, and he
408
passed out noiselessly.
409
410
In the two days, carrying goods through streets to market
411
square and up to citadel and pausing at varying levels
412
for breath and the prospect, I had learned this town well
413
enough. I knew where went the ascending and descending
414
ways. Now almost all lay asleep, antique, shaded, Moorish,
415
still, under the stars. The soldiery and the hidalgos, their
416
officers, slept; only the sentinels waked before the citadel
417
entry and on the town walls and by the three gates. The
418
town folk slept, all but the sick and the sorrowful and the
419
careful and those who had work at dawn. Listen, and you
420
might hear sound like the first moving of birds, or breath
421
of dawn wind coming up at sea. The greater part now of
422
the town folk were Christian, brought in since the five-year-
423
gone siege that still resounded. Moors were here, but they
424
had turned Christian, or were slaves, or both slave and
425
Christian. I had seen monks of all habits and heard ring
426
above the inn the bells of a nunnery. Now again they
427
rang. The mosque was now a church. It rose at hand,--
428
white, square, domed. I went by a ladder-like lane down
429
toward Zarafa wall and the Gate of the Lion. At sunrise
430
in would pour peasants from the vale below, bringing vegetables
431
and poultry, and mountaineers with quails and conies,
432
and others with divers affairs. Outgoing would be those
433
who tilled a few steep gardens beyond the wall, messengers
434
and errand folk, soldiers and traders for the army before
435
Granada.
436
437
It was full early when I came to the wall. I could make
438
out the heavy and tall archway of the gate, but as yet was
439
no throng before it. I waited; the folk began to gather, the
440
sun came up. Zarafa grew rosy. Now was clatter enough,
441
voices of men and brutes, both sides the gate. The gate
442
opened. Juan Lepe won out with a knot of brawny folk
443
going to the mountain pastures. Well forth, he looked back
444
and saw Zarafa gleaming rose and pearl in the blink of the
445
sun, and sent young merchantward a wish for good. Then
446
he took the eastward way down the mountain, toward lower
447
mountains and at last the Vega of Granada.
448
449
450
451
CHAPTER III
452
453
THE day passed. I had adventures of the road, but
454
none of consequence. I slept well among the rocks,
455
waked, ate the bit of bread I had with me, and fell
456
again to walking.
457
458
Mountains were now withdrawing to the distant horizon
459
where they stood around, a mighty and beautiful wall. I
460
was coming down into the plain of Granada, that once had
461
been a garden. Now, north, south, east, west, it lay war-
462
trampled. Old owners were dead, men and women, or were
463
_mudexares_, vassals, or were fled, men and women, all who
464
could flee, to their kindred in Africa. Or they yet cowered,
465
men and women, in the broken garden, awaiting individual
466
disaster. The Kingdom of Granada had sins, and the Kingdom
467
of Castile, and the Kingdom of Leon. The Moor was
468
stained, and the Spaniard, the Moslem and the Christian
469
and the Jew. Who had stains the least or the most God
470
knew--and it was a poor inquiry. Seek the virtues and
471
bind them with love, each in each!
472
473
If the mountain road had been largely solitary, it was not
474
so of this road. There were folk enough in the wide Vega
475
of Granada. Clearly, as though the one party had been
476
dressed in black and the other in red, they divided into
477
vanquished and victor. Bit by bit, now through years, all
478
these towns and villages, all these fertile fields and bosky
479
places, rich and singing, had left the hand of the Moor for
480
the hand of the Spaniard.
481
482
In all this part of his old kingdom the Moor lay low in
483
defeat. In had swarmed the Christian and with the Christian
484
the Jew, though now the Jew must leave. The city
485
of Granada was not yet surrendered, and the Queen and
486
King held all soldiery that they might at Santa Fe, built as
487
it were in a night before Granada walls. Yet there seemed
488
at large bands enough, licentious and loud, the scum of
489
soldiery. Ere I reached the village that I now saw before
490
me I had met two such bands, I wondered, and then wondered
491
at my own wonder.
492
493
The chief house of the village was become an inn. Two
494
long tables stood in the patio where no fountain now flowed
495
nor orange trees grew nor birds sang in corners nor fine
496
awning kept away the glare. Twenty of these wild and
497
base fighting men crowded one table, eating and drinking,
498
clamorous and spouting oaths. At the other table sat together
499
at an end three men whom by a number of tokens
500
might be robbers of the mountains. They sat quiet, indifferent
501
to the noise, talking low among themselves in a
502
tongue of their own, kin enough to the soldiery not to
503
fear them. The opposite end of the long table was given to
504
a group to which I now joined myself. Here sat two Franciscan
505
friars, and a man who seemed a lawyer; and one who
506
had the air of the sea and turned out to be master of a
507
Levantine; and a brisk, talkative, important person, a Catalan,
508
and as it presently appeared alcalde once of a so-so
509
village; and a young, unhealthy-looking man in black with
510
an open book beside him; and a strange fellow whose
511
Spanish was imperfect.
512
513
I sat down near the friars, crossed myself, and cut a piece
514
of bread from the loaf before me. The innkeeper and his
515
wife, a gaunt, extraordinarily tall woman, served, running
516
from table to table. The place was all heat and noise.
517
Presently the soldiers, ending their meal, got up with clamor
518
and surged from the court to their waiting horses. After
519
them ran the innkeeper, appealing for pay. Denials, expostulation,
520
anger and beseeching reached the ears of the patio,
521
then the sound of horses going down stony ways. "O God
522
of the poor!" cried the gaunt woman. "How are we
523
robbed!"
524
525
"Why are they not before Granada?" demanded the
526
lawyer and alertly provided the answer to his own question.
527
"Take locusts and give them leave to eat, being careful to
528
say, `This fellow's fields only!' But the locusts have wings
529
and their nature is to eat!"
530
531
The mountain robbers, if robbers they were, dined quietly,
532
the gaunt woman promptly and painstakingly serving them.
533
They were going to pay, I was sure, though it might not be
534
this noon.
535
536
The two friars seemed, quiet, simple men, dining as
537
dumbly as if they sat in Saint Francis's refectory. The
538
sometime alcalde and the shipmaster were the talkers, the
539
student sitting as though he were in the desert, eating bread
540
and cheese and onions and looking on his book. The lawyer
541
watched all, talked to make them talk, then came in and settled
542
matters. The alcalde was the politician, knowing the
543
affairs of the world and speaking familiarly of the King
544
and the Queen and the Marquis of Cadiz.
545
546
The shipmaster said, "This time last year I was in London,
547
and I saw their King. His name is Henry. King
548
Henry the Seventh, and a good carrier of his kingship!"
549
550
"That for him!" said the alcalde. "Let him stay in his
551
foggy island! But Spain is too small for King Ferdinand."
552
"All kings find their lands too small," said the lawyer.
553
554
The shipmaster spoke again. "The King of Portugal's
555
ship sails ahead of ours in that matter. He's stuck his banner
556
in the new islands, Maderia and the Hawk Islands and
557
where not! I was talking in Cadiz with one who was with
558
Bartholomew Diaz when he turned Africa and named it
559
Good Hope. Which is to say, King John has Good Hope of
560
seeing Portugal swell. Portugal! Well, I say, `Why not
561
Spain'?"
562
563
The student looked up from his book. "It is a great
564
Age!" he said and returned to his reading.
565
566
When we had finished dinner, we paid the tall, gaunt
567
woman and leaving the robbers, if robbers they were, still
568
at table, went out into the street. Here the friars, the alcalde
569
and the lawyer moved in the direction of the small, staring
570
white and ruined mosque that was to be transformed into
571
the church of San Jago the Deliverer. That was the one
572
thing of which the friars had spoken. A long bench ran by
573
inn wall and here the shipmaster took his seat and began to
574
discourse with those already there. Book under arm, the
575
student moved dreamily down the opposite lane. Juan
576
Lepe walked away alone.
577
578
Through the remainder of this day he had now company
579
and adventure without, now solitude and adventure within.
580
That night he spent in a ruined tower where young
581
trees grew and an owl was his comrade and he read the face
582
of a glorious moon. Dawn. He bathed in a stream that
583
ran by the mound of the tower and ate a piece of bread from
584
his wallet and took the road.
585
586
The sun mounted above the trees. A man upon a mule
587
came up behind me and was passing. "There is a stone
588
wedged in his shoe," I said. The rider drew rein and I
589
lifted the creature's foreleg and took out the pebble. The
590
rider made search for a bit of money. I said that the deed
591
was short and easy and needed no payment, whereupon he
592
put up the coin and regarded me out of his fine blue eyes.
593
He was quite fair, a young man still, and dressed after a
594
manner of his own in garments not at all new but with
595
a beauty of fashioning and putting on. He and his mule
596
looked a corner out of a great painting. And I had no
597
sooner thought that than he said, "I see in you, friend, a
598
face and figure for my `Draught of Fishes.' And by Saint
599
Christopher, there is water over yonder and just the landscape!"
600
He leaned from the saddle and spoke persuasively,
601
"Come from the road a bit down to the water and let me
602
draw you! You are not dressed like the kin of Midas! I
603
will give you the price of dinner." As he talked he drew out
604
of a richly worked bag a book of paper and pencils.
605
I thought, "This beard and the clothes of Juan Lepe. He
606
can hardly make it so that any may recognize." It was resting
607
time and the man attracted. I agreed, if he would take
608
no more than an hour.
609
610
"The drawing, no!--Bent far over, gathering the net
611
strongly--Andrew or Mark perhaps, since, traditionally,
612
John must have youth."
613
614
He had continued to study me all this time, and now we
615
left the road and moved over the plain to the stream that
616
here widened into a pool fringed with rushes and a few
617
twisted trees. An ancient, half-sunken boat drowsing under
618
the bank he hailed again in the name of Saint Christopher.
619
Dismounting, he fastened his mule to a willow and proceeded
620
to place me, then himself found a root of a tree,
621
and taking out his knife fell to sharpening pencil. This done,
622
he rested book against knee and began to draw.
623
624
Having made his figure in one posture he rose and showed
625
me another and drew his fisherman so. Then he demonstrated
626
a third way and drew again. Now he was silent,
627
working hard, and now he dropped his hand, threw back
628
his head and talked. He himself made a picture, paly gold
629
of locks, subtle and quick of face, plastered against a blue
630
shield with a willow wreath going around.
631
632
I stood so or so, drawing hard upon the net with the
633
fishes. Then at his command I approached more nearly, and
634
he drew full face and three-quarter and profile. It was between
635
these accomplishings that he talked more intimately.
636
637
"Seamen go to Italy," he said. "Were you ever in
638
Milan? But that is inland."
639
640
I answered that I had been from Genoa to Milan.
641
642
"It is not likely that you saw a great painter there
643
Messer Leonardo?"
644
645
It happened that I had done this, and moreover had seen
646
him at work and heard him put right thought into most right
647
words. I was so tired of lying that after a moment I said
648
that I had seen and heard Messer Leonardo.
649
650
"Did you see the statue?"
651
652
"The first time I saw him he was at work upon it. The
653
next time he was painting in the church of Santa Maria.
654
The third time he sat in a garden, sipped wine and talked."
655
656
"I hold you," he said, "to be a fortunate fisherman!
657
Just as this fisher I am painting, and whether it is Andrew
658
or Mark, I do not yet know, was a most fortunate fisherman!"
659
He ended meditatively, "Though whoever it is,
660
probably he was crucified or beheaded or burned."
661
662
I felt a certain shiver of premonition. The day that had
663
been warm and bright turned in a flash ashy and chill. Then
664
it swung back to its first fair seeming, or not to its first, but
665
to a deeper, brighter yet. The Fisherman by Galilee was
666
fortunate. Whoever perceived truth and beauty was fortunate,
667
fortunate now and forever!
668
669
We came back to Messer Leonardo. "I spent six months
670
at the court in Milan," said the fair man. "I painted the
671
Duke and the Duchess and two great courtiers. Messer
672
Leonardo was away. He returned, and I visited him and
673
found a master. Since that time I study light and shadow
674
and small things and seek out inner action."
675
676
He worked in silence, then again began to speak of painters,
677
Italian and Spanish. He asked me if I had seen such
678
and such pictures in Seville.
679
680
"Yes. They are good."
681
682
"Do you know Monsalvat?"
683
684
I said that I had climbed there one day. "I dream a painting!"
685
he said, "The Quest of the Grail. Now I see it running
686
over the four walls of a church, and now I see it all
687
packed into one man who rides. Then again it has seemed
688
to me truer to have it in a man and woman who walk, or
689
perhaps even are seated. What do you think?"
690
691
I was thinking of Isabel who died in my arms twenty
692
years ago. "I would have it man and woman," I said.
693
Unless, like Messer Leonardo, you can put both in one."
694
695
He sat still, his mind working, while in a fair inner land
696
Isabel and I moved together; then in a meditative quiet he
697
finished his drawing. He himself was admirable, fine gold
698
and bronze, sapphire-eyed, with a face where streams of
699
visions moved the muscles, and all against the blue and the
700
willow tree.
701
702
At last he put away pencil, and at his gesture I came from
703
the boat and the reeds. I looked at what he had drawn, and
704
then he shut book and, the mule following us, we moved
705
back to the road.
706
707
"My dear fisherman," he said, "you are trudging afoot
708
and your dress exhibits poverty. Painters may paint Jove
709
descending in showers of golden pesos and yet have few
710
pesos in purse. I have at present ten. I should like to
711
share them with you who have done me various good turns
712
to-day."
713
714
I said that he was generous but that he had done me
715
good turns. Moreover I was not utterly without coin, and
716
certainly the hour had paid for itself. So he mounted his
717
mule and wished me good fortune, and I wished him good
718
fortune.
719
720
"Are you going to Santa Fe?"
721
722
"Yes. I have a friend in the camp."
723
724
"I go there to paint her Highness the Queen for his
725
Highness the King. Perhaps we shall meet again. I am
726
Manuel Rodriguez."
727
728
"I guessed that," I answered, "an hour ago! Be so
729
good, great painter, as not to remember me. It will serve me
730
better."
731
732
The light played again over his face. "_The Disguised
733
Hidalgo_. Excellent pictures come to me like that, in a great
734
warm light, and excellent names for pictures.--Very good.
735
In a way, so to speak, I shall completely forget you!"
736
737
Two on horseback, a churchman and a knight, with servants
738
following, came around a bend of the dusty road and
739
recognizing Manuel Rodriguez, called to him by name.
740
Away he rode upon his mule, keeping company with them.
741
The dozen in their train followed, raising as they went by
742
such a dust cloud that presently all became like figures upon
743
worn arras. They rode toward Santa Fe, and I followed on
744
foot.
745
746
747
748
CHAPTER IV
749
750
SANTA Fe rose before me, a camp in wood, plaster and
751
stone, a camp with a palace, a camp with churches.
752
Built of a piece where no town had stood, built that
753
Majesty and its Court and its Army might have roofs and
754
walls, not tents, for so long a siege, it covered the plain, a
755
city raised in a night. The siege had been long as the war
756
had been long. Hidalgo Spain and simple Spain were gathered
757
here in great squares and ribbons of valor, ambition,
758
emulation, desire of excitement and of livelihood, and likewise,
759
I say it, in pieces not small, herded and brought here
760
without any "I say yes" of their own, and to their misery.
761
There held full flavor of crusade, as all along the war had
762
been preached as a crusade. Holy Church had here her
763
own grandees, cavaliers and footmen. They wore cope and
764
they wore cowl, and on occasion many endued themselves
765
with armor and hacked and hewed with an earthly sword.
766
At times there seemed as many friars and priests as soldiers.
767
Out and in went a great Queen and King. Their court was
768
here. The churchmen pressed around the Queen. Famous
769
leaders put on or took off armor in Santa Fe,--the
770
Marquis of Cadiz and many others only less than he in
771
estimation, and one Don Gonsalvo de Cordova, whose greater
772
fame was yet to come. Military and shining youth came to
773
train and fight under these. Old captains-at-arms, gaunt and
774
scarred, made their way thither from afar. All were not
775
Spaniard; many a soldier out at fortune or wishful of fame
776
came from France and Italy, even from England and Germany.
777
Women were in Santa Fe. The Queen had her
778
ladies. Wives, sisters and daughters of hidalgos came to
779
visit, and the common soldiery had their mates. Nor did
780
there lack courtesans.
781
782
Petty merchants thronged the place. All manner of rich
783
goods were bought by the flushed soldiers, the high and the
784
low. And there dwelled here a host of those who sold
785
entertainment,--mummers and jugglers and singers, dwarfs
786
and giants. Dice rattled, now there were castanets and
787
dancing, and now church bells seemed to rock the place.
788
Wine flowed.
789
790
Out of the plain a league and more away sprang the two
791
hills of Granada, and pricked against the sky, her walls
792
and thousand towers and noble gates. Between them and
793
Santa Fe stretched open and ruined ground, and here for
794
many a day had shocked together the Spaniard and the
795
Moor. But now there was no longer battle. Granada had
796
asked and been granted seventy days in which to envisage
797
and accept her fate. These were nearing the end. Lost
798
and beaten, haggard with woe and hunger and pestilence,
799
the city stood over against us, above the naked plain, all
800
her outer gardens stripped away, bare light striking the red
801
Alhambra and the Citadel. When the wind swept over her
802
and on to Santa Fe it seemed to bring a sound of wailing
803
and the faint and terrible odor of a long besieged place.
804
805
I came at eve into Santa Fe, found at last an inn of the
806
poorer sort, ate scant supper and went to bed. Dawn came
807
with a great ringing of church bells.
808
809
Out of the inn, in the throbbing street, I began my search
810
for Don Enrique de Cerda. One told me one thing and one
811
another, but at last I got true direction. At noon I found
812
him in a goodly room where he made recovery from wounds.
813
Now he walked and now he sat, his arm in a sling and a
814
bandage like a turban around his head. A page took him
815
the word I gave. "Juan Lepe. From the hermitage in the
816
oak wood." It sufficed. When I entered he gazed, then
817
coming to me, put his unbound hand over mine. "Why,"
818
he asked, " `Juan Lepe'?"
819
820
I glanced toward the page and he dismissed him, whereupon
821
I explained the circumstances.
822
823
We sat by the window, and again rose for us the hermitage
824
in the oak wood at foot of a mountain, and the small
825
tower that slew in ugly fashion. Again we were young
826
men, together in strange dangers, learning there each other's
827
mettle. He had not at all forgotten.
828
829
He offered to go to Seville, as soon as Granada should
830
fall, and find and fight Don Pedro. I shook my head. I
831
could have done that had I seen it as the way.
832
833
He agreed that Don Pedro was now the minor peril. It
834
is evil to chain thought! In our day we think boldly of a
835
number of things. But touch King or touch Church--the
836
cord is around your neck!
837
838
I said that I supposed I had been rash.
839
840
He nodded. "Yes. You were rash that day in the oak
841
wood. Less rash, and my bones would be lying there, under
842
tree." He rose and walked the room, then came to me and
843
put his unhurt arm about my shoulders. "Don Jayme, we
844
swore that day comrade love and service--and that day is
845
now; twilight has never come to it, the leaves of the oak
846
wood have never fallen! The Holy Office shall not have
847
thee!"
848
849
"Don Enrique--"
850
851
We sat down and drank each a little wine, and fell to
852
ways and means.
853
854
I rested Juan Lepe in the household of Don Enrique de
855
Cerda, one figure among many, involved in the swarm of
856
fighting and serving men. There was a squire who had
857
served him long. To this man, Diego Lopez, I was committed,
858
with enough told to enlist his intelligence. He managed
859
for me in the intricate life of the place with a skill to
860
make god Mercury applaud. Don Enrique and I were rarely
861
together, rarely were seen by men to speak one to the other.
862
But in the inner world we were together.
863
864
Days passed. We found nothing yet to do while all
865
listening and doing at Santa Fe were bound up in the crumbling of Granada into Spanish hands. It seemed
866
best to wait,
867
watching chances.
868
869
Meantime the show glittered, and man's strong stomach
870
cried "Life! More life!" It glittered at Santa Fe before
871
Granada, and it was a dying ember in Granada before Santa
872
Fe. The one glittered and triumphed because the other
873
glittered and triumphed not. And who above held the balances
874
even and neither sorrowed nor was feverishly elated
875
but went his own way could only be seen from the Vega
876
like a dream or a line from a poet.
877
878
For the most part the nobles and cavaliers in Santa Fe
879
spent as though hard gold were spiritual gold to be gathered
880
endlessly. One might say, "They go into a garden and
881
shake tree each morning, which tree puts forth again in the
882
night." None seemed to see as on a map laid down Spain
883
and the broken peasant and the digger of the gold. None
884
seemed to feel that toil which or soon or late they must
885
recognize for their own toil. Toil in Spain, toil in other
886
and far lands whence came their rich things, toil in Europe,
887
Arabia and India! Apparel at Santa Fe was a thing to
888
marvel at. The steed no less than his rider went gorgeous.
889
The King and Queen, it was said, did not like this peacocking,
890
but might not help it.
891
892
They themselves were pouring gold into the lap of the
893
Church. It was a capacious lap.
894
895
Wars were general enough, God knew! But not every
896
year could one find a camp where the friar was as common
897
as the archer or the pikeman, and the prelate as the plumed
898
chieftain.
899
900
Santa Fe was court no less than camp, court almost as
901
though it were Cordova. This Queen and King at least did
902
not live at ease in palaces while others fought their wars.
903
North, south, east and west, through the ten years, they
904
had been the moving springs. It was an able King and
905
Queen, a politic King and a sincere and godly Queen, even
906
a loving Queen. If only--if only--
907
908
I had been a week and more in Santa Fe when King Boabdil surrendered Granada. He left forever the
909
Alhambra.
910
Granada gates opened; he rode out with a few of his emirs
911
and servants to meet King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella.
912
The day shone bright. Spain towered, a figure dressed in
913
gold and red.
914
915
Santa Fe poured out to view the spectacle, and with the
916
rest went Diego Lopez and Juan Lepe. So great festival,
917
so vivid the color, so echoing the sound, so stately and various
918
the movement! Looking at the great strength massing there
919
on the plain I said aloud, as I thought, to Diego Lopez,
920
"Now they might do some worthy great thing!"
921
922
The squire not answering, I became aware that a swirl in
923
the throng had pushed him from me. Still there came an
924
answer in a deep and peculiarly thrilling voice. "That is
925
a true saying and a good augury!"
926
927
I learn much by voices and before I turned I knew that
928
this was an enthusiast's voice, but not an enthusiast without
929
knowledge. Whoever spoke was strong enough, real enough.
930
I liked the voice and felt a certain inner movement of friendship.
931
Some shift among the great actors, some parting of
932
banners, kept us suspended and staring for a moment, then
933
the view closed against us who could only behold by snatches.
934
Freed, I turned to see who had spoken and found a tall,
935
strongly made, white-haired man. The silver hair was too
936
soon; he could hardly have been ten years my elder. He
937
had a long, fair face that might once have been tanned and
938
hardened by great exposure. His skin had that look, but
939
now the bronze was faded, and you could see that he had
940
been born very fair in tint. Across the high nose and
941
cheek bones went a powdering of freckles. His eyes were
942
bluish-gray and I saw at once that he habitually looked at
943
things afar off.
944
945
He was rather poorly dressed and pushed about as I was.
946
When the surge again gave him footing, he spoke beside me.
947
"'Now that this is over, they might do some great, worthy
948
thing!' Very true, friend, they might! I take your words
949
for good omen." The throng shot out an arm and we were
950
parted. The same action brought back to me Diego Lopez.
951
Speaking to him later of the tall man, he said that he had
952
noticed him, and that it was the Italian who would go to
953
India by way of Ocean-Sea.
954
955
King Boabdil gave up his city to King Ferdinand and
956
Queen Isabella. Over Granada, high against the bright sky,
957
rose and floated the banners. Cannon, the big lombards,
958
roared. Mars' music crashed out, then the trumpets ceased
959
their crying and instead spread a mighty chanting. _Te Deum
960
Laudamus!_
961
962
At last the massed brightness out in the plain quivered
963
and parted. The pageantry broke, wide curving and returning
964
with some freedom but with order too, into Santa Fe.
965
I saw the Queen and the King with their children, and the
966
Grand Cardinal, and prelates and prelates, and the Marquis
967
of Cadiz, and many a grandee and famous knight. Don
968
Enrique de Cerda and his troop came by.
969
970
Diego Lopez and I returned to the town. I saw again
971
the man who would find India by a way unpassed, as far as
972
one knew, since the world began! He was entering a house
973
with a friar beside him. Something came into my mind of
974
the convent of La Rabida.
975
976
977
978
CHAPTER V
979
980
SOME days went by. The King and the Queen with the
981
court and a great train of prelates and grandees and
982
knights rode in state through Granada. Don Enrique,
983
returning, told me of it in his room at night, of the Christian
984
service in the mosque and the throning in the Alhambra.
985
986
"Now," he said, "after great affairs, our affairs! I have
987
had speech with the Marchioness of Moya."
988
989
"That is the Queen's friend?"
990
991
"Yes. Dona Beatrix de Boabdilla. We stood together
992
by a fountain, and when she said, `What can I do for you?'
993
I answered, `There is something.' Then while all went in
994
pageantry before us, I told her of the hermitage in the oak
995
wood and of the unhappy small tower, and of you and me
996
and those others, and what was done that day. Don Jayme,
997
I told it like a minstrel who believes what he sings! And
998
then I spoke of to-day. She is no puny soul, nor is she
999
in priest's grip. She acts from her own vision, not from
1000
that of another. The Queen is no weak soul either! She
1001
also has vision, but too often she lets the churchmen take
1002
her vision from her. But Dona Beatrix is stronger there.
1003
Well, she promises help if we can show her how to help."
1004
1005
I said, "I have been thinking. It seems to me that it
1006
was wrong to come here and put my weight upon you."
1007
1008
"No!" he answered. "Did we not swear then, when
1009
we were young men? And we needed no oaths neither.
1010
Let such thoughts be.--I am going to the palace to-morrow,
1011
and you with me. The King and the Queen ride with a
1012
great train into Granada. But Dona Beatrix will excuse
1013
herself from going. The palace will be almost empty, and
1014
we shall find her in the little gallery above the Queen's
1015
garden."
1016
1017
The next morning we went there, Don Enrique de Cerda
1018
and his squire, Juan Lepe. The palace rose great and goodly
1019
enough, with the church at hand. All had been built as
1020
by magic, silken pavilions flying away and stout houses
1021
settling themselves down. Sunk among the walls had been
1022
managed a small garden for the Queen and her ladies. A
1023
narrow, latticed and roofed gallery built without the Queen's
1024
rooms looked down upon orange and myrtle trees and a
1025
fountain. Here we found the Marchioness de Moya, with
1026
her two waiting damsels whom she set by the gallery door.
1027
Don Enrique kissed her hand and then motioned to me.
1028
Don Jayme de Marchena made his reverence.
1029
1030
She was a strong woman who would go directly to the
1031
heart of things. Always she would learn from the man
1032
himself. She asked me this and I answered; that and the
1033
other and I answered. "Don Pedro--?" I told the
1034
enmity there and the reason for it. "The Jewish rabbi,
1035
my great-grand father?" I avowed it, but by three Castilian
1036
and Christian great-grandfathers could not be counted as
1037
Jew! Practise Judaism? No. My grandmother Judith
1038
had been Christian.
1039
1040
She drove to the heart of it. "You yourself are Christian.
1041
What do you mean by that? What the Queen means?
1042
What the Grand Cardinal and the Archbishop of Granada
1043
means? What the Holy Office means?"
1044
1045
I kept silence for a moment, then I told her as well as I
1046
might, without fever and without melancholy, what I had
1047
written and of the Dominican.
1048
1049
"You have been," she said, "an imprudent cavalier."
1050
1051
The fountain flashed below us, a gray dove flew over
1052
garden. I said, "There is a text, `With all thy getting,
1053
get understanding.' There is another, `For God so loved
1054
the world'--that He wished to impart understanding."
1055
1056
She sat quiet, seeming to listen to the fountain. Then
1057
she said, "Are you ready to avow when they ask you that
1058
in every particular to which the Grand Inquisitor may point
1059
you are wrong, and that all that Holy Church through mouth
1060
of Holy Office says is right?"
1061
1062
I said, "No, Madam! Present Church is not as large as
1063
Truth, nor as fair as Beauty."
1064
1065
"You may think that, but will you say the other?"
1066
1067
"Say that church or kingdom exactly matches Truth and
1068
Beauty?"
1069
1070
"That is what I am sure you will have to say."
1071
1072
"Then, no!"
1073
1074
"I do not see," she said, "that I can do anything for
1075
you."
1076
1077
There was a chair beside her. She sat down, her chin on
1078
her hand and her eyes lowered. Silence held save for the
1079
fountain plashing. Don Enrique stood by the railing, and
1080
Jayme de Marchena felt his concern. But he himself walked
1081
just then--Don Jayme or Juan Lepe--into long patience,
1082
into greater steadfastness. Into the inner fields came translucence,
1083
gold light; came and faded, but left strength.
1084
1085
Dona Beatrix raised her eyes and let them dwell upon
1086
me. "Spain breeds bold knights," she said, "but not so
1087
many after all who are bold within! Not so many, I think,
1088
as are found in Italy or in France." She paused a moment,
1089
looking at the sky above the roofs, then came back to me.
1090
"It is hopeless, and you must see it, to talk in those terms
1091
to the only powers that can lead the Holy Office to forget
1092
that you live! It is hopeless to talk to the Queen, telling
1093
her that. She would hold that she had entertained heresy,
1094
and her imagination would not let her alone. I see naught
1095
in this world for you to do but to go out of it into another!
1096
There are other lands--"
1097
1098
A damsel hurried to her from the door. "There's a stir
1099
below, Madam! Something has brought the Queen home
1100
earlier than we thought--"
1101
1102
The Marchioness de Moya rose. Don Enrique kissed her
1103
hand, and Jayme de Marchena kissed it and thanked her. "I
1104
would help if I could!" she said. "But in Spain to-day
1105
it is deadly dangerous to talk or write as though there were
1106
freedom!"
1107
1108
She passed from the gallery, Don Enrique and I following.
1109
We came upon a landing with a great stair before us.
1110
Quick as had been her maidens, they were not quick enough.
1111
Many folk were coming up the broad steps. Dona Beatrix
1112
glanced, then opened a door giving into a great room,
1113
apparently empty. She pointed to an opposite door. "The
1114
little stair! Go that way!" Don Enrique nodded comprehension.
1115
We were in the room; the door closed.
1116
1117
At first it seemed an empty great chamber. Then from
1118
behind a square of stretched cloth came a man's head, followed
1119
by the figure pertaining to it. The full man was clad
1120
after a rich fancy and he held in his hand a brush and
1121
looked at us at first dreamily and then with keenness.
1122
1123
He knew me, differently arrayed though I was, and looked
1124
from me to Don Enrique. "Master Manuel Rodriguez,"
1125
said the latter, "I would stop for good talk and to admire
1126
the Queen's likeness, but duty calls me out of palace!
1127
Adios!" He made toward the door across from that by
1128
which we had entered. The painter spoke after us. "That
1129
door is bolted, Don Enrique, on the other side. I do not
1130
know why! It is not usually so."
1131
1132
Don Enrique, turning, hurried to the first door and very
1133
slightly opened it. A humming entered the large, quiet room.
1134
He closed the door. "The Queen is coming up the great
1135
stair. The Archbishop of Granada is with her and a whole
1136
train beside!" He spoke to the painter. "I have no
1137
audience, and for reasons would not choose this moment as
1138
one in which to encounter the least disfavor! I will stay here
1139
before your picture and admire until landing and stairways
1140
are bare."
1141
1142
"If to be invisible is your desire," answered Manuel
1143
Rodriguez, "you have walked into trouble! The Queen is
1144
coming here."
1145
1146
Don Enrique exclaimed. Juan Lepe turned eyes to the
1147
painter. The blue eyes met mine--there rose the rushy
1148
pool, there dozed the broken boat. Manuel Rodriguez spoke
1149
in his voice that was at once cool and fine and dry and
1150
warm. "It is best to dare thoroughly! Perhaps I may
1151
help you--as thus! Wishing to speak with Don Enrique
1152
of an altar painting for the Church of Saint Dominic, I
1153
asked him here and he came. We talked, and he will give
1154
the picture. Then, hearing the Queen's approach, he would
1155
instantly have been gone, but alack, the small door is barred!
1156
--As for fisherman yonder, few look at squire when knight
1157
is in presence!"
1158
1159
No time to debate his offer, which indeed was both wise
1160
and kind! Chamberlains flung open the door. In came the
1161
Queen, with her the Princess Juana and several of her
1162
ladies. Beside her walked Fernando de Talavera, Her Highness's
1163
confessor, yesterday Bishop of Avila but now Archbishop
1164
of Granada. Behind him moved two lesser ecclesiastics,
1165
and with these Don Alonzo de Quintanella, Comptroller-
1166
General of Castile. Others followed, nobles and
1167
cavaliers, two soberly clad men who looked like secretaries,
1168
a Franciscan friar, three or four pages. The room was
1169
large and had a table covered with a rich cloth, two great
1170
chairs and a few lesser ones.
1171
1172
The painter and Don Enrique bent low to the Majesty
1173
of Castile. In the background Juan Lepe made squire's
1174
obeisance. I was bearded and my face stained with a
1175
Moorish stain, and I was in shadow; it was idle to fear
1176
recognition that might never come. The Queen seated herself,
1177
and her daughter beside her, and with her good smile
1178
motioned the Archbishop to a chair. The two ecclesiastics,
1179
both venerable men, were given seats. The rest of the company
1180
stood. The Queen's blue eyes rested on Don Enrique.
1181
She spoke in a clear, mild voice, threaded with dignity.
1182
"Were you summoned thither, Don Enrique de Cerda?"
1183
1184
He answered, "No, Highness! I came to the palace to
1185
seek Master Manuel Rodriguez who is to paint for me an
1186
altarpiece for the Church of Saint Dominic. You and the
1187
King, Madam, I thought were in Granada. Not finding him
1188
in his own lodging, I made bold to come here. Then at
1189
once, before I could hasten away, you returned!"
1190
1191
The true nature of this Queen was to think no evil. Her
1192
countenance remained mild. He had done valiant service,
1193
and she was sisterly-minded toward the greater part of the
1194
world. Now she said with serenity, "There is no fault,
1195
Don Enrique. Stay with us now that you are here."
1196
1197
Bowing deeply, he joined a brother-in-arms, Don Miguel
1198
de Silva. His squire stood in the shadow behind him, but
1199
found a chance-left lane of vision down which much might
1200
be seen.
1201
1202
The Queen composed herself , in her chair. "This is the
1203
position, Master Manuel?" The fair man, so fine and quick
1204
that I loved to look at him, bowed and stepped back to his
1205
canvas, where he took up his brush and fell to work. The
1206
Queen and the Archbishop began to speak earnestly together.
1207
Words and sentences floated to Juan Lepe standing by the
1208
arras. The Queen made thoughtful pauses, looking before
1209
her with steady blue eyes and a somewhat lifted face. I
1210
noted that when she did this Manuel Rodriguez painted
1211
fast.
1212
1213
There fell a pause in their talk. Something differing from
1214
the subject of discourse, whatever in its fullness that might
1215
be, seemed to come into her mind. She sent her glance across
1216
the room.
1217
1218
"Don Enrique de Cerda--"
1219
1220
The tone summoned. When he was before her, "It was
1221
in my mind," said the Queen, "to send for you within a
1222
day or two. But now you are here, and this moment while
1223
we await the King is as good as another. We have had
1224
letters from the Bishop of Seville whom we reverence, and
1225
from Don Pedro Enriquez to whom we owe much. They
1226
have to do with Jayme de Marchena who has long been
1227
suspect by the Holy Office. He has fled Seville, gone none
1228
know where! Don Pedro informs us, Don Enrique, that
1229
years ago this man stood among your friends. He does not
1230
think it probable that this is yet so--nor do I, Don Enrique,
1231
knowing that you must hold in abhorrence the heretic!"
1232
She looked mildly upon him. "In youth we make chance
1233
friendships thick as May, but manhood weeds the garden!
1234
And yet we think it possible that this man may in his heart
1235
trade on old things and make his way to you or send you
1236
appeal." She paused, then said in a quiet voice, "Should
1237
that happen, Don Enrique, on your allegiance, and as a
1238
good Christian, you will do all that you can to put him in
1239
the hands of the Holy Office."
1240
1241
She waited with her blue eyes upon him. He said, and
1242
said quietly, "It was long ago, Madam, when I was a young
1243
man and careless. I will do all that lies in me to do. But
1244
Spain is wide and there are ships to Africa and other shores."
1245
1246
She said, "Yes, I do not see such an one daring to come
1247
to Santa Fe! But they say that ten demons possess a
1248
heretic, and that he crosses streams upon a hair or walks
1249
edges of high walls."
1250
1251
With her ringed hand she made gesture of dismissal. He
1252
bowed low and stepped back to his former place.
1253
1254
The sun flooded in at window. Manuel Rodriguez painted
1255
steadily. The Queen sat still, with lifted face and eyes
1256
strained into distance. She sighed and came back from
1257
wastes where she would be Christian, oh, where she would
1258
be Christian! and began with a tender, maternal look to talk
1259
with her daughter.
1260
1261
1262
1263
CHAPTER VI
1264
1265
THE door giving upon the great corridor opened. One
1266
said, "The King, Madam!" King Ferdinand entered
1267
quietly, in the sober fashion of a sober and able man.
1268
He was cool and balanced, true always to his own conception
1269
of his own dues. The Queen rose and stepped to meet
1270
him. They spoke, standing together, after which he handed
1271
her to her chair and took beside her the other great chair
1272
which the pages had swiftly placed. After greeting his
1273
daughter and the Archbishop he looked across to the painter.
1274
"Master Manuel Rodriguez, good day!"
1275
1276
There fell a moment of sun-drenched quiet in which they
1277
all sat for their picture. Then said the King, "Madam, we
1278
are together, and here are those who have been our chief
1279
advisers in this affair of discoveries. Master Christopherus
1280
is below. We noted him in the court. Let us have him
1281
here and see this too-long-dragging matter finished! Once
1282
for all abate his demands, or once for all let him go!"
1283
1284
They sent a page. Again there was sunny silence, then
1285
in at the door came the tall, muscular, gray-eyed, silver-
1286
haired man whom I had met the day King Boabdil surrendered
1287
1288
Granada.
1289
1290
He made reverence to the Queen and the King and to the
1291
Archbishop. It was the Queen who spoke to him and that
1292
gently.
1293
1294
"Master Christopherus, we have had a thousand businesses,
1295
and so our matter here has waited and waited. Today comes unaware this quiet hour and we will give it to
1296
you. Here with us are the Archbishop and others who
1297
have been our counsellors, and here is Don Alonzo de Quintantella who hath always stood your friend. In
1298
all the hurly-burly we yet took time, two days ago, to sit in council and
1299
come to conclusion. And now we give you our determination.
1300
In all reason it should give you joy!" She smiled
1301
upon him. "How many years since first you laid your
1302
plan before us?"
1303
1304
He answered her in a deep voice, thrilling and crowded
1305
with feeling. "Seven years, Madam your Highness! Like
1306
an infant laid at your feet. And winter has blown upon it,
1307
and sunshine carrying hope has walked around it, and then
1308
again the cold wind rises--"
1309
1310
The King spoke. "Master Christopherus, in war much
1311
else has to cease! In much we have had to find patience,
1312
and you have to find it."
1313
1314
"My lord King, yes!" replied the tall man. "It is
1315
eighteen years since in Lisbon, looking upon the sea one day,
1316
I said to myself, `Is there a question that is not to be
1317
answered? This ocean is to be crossed. Then why do not I
1318
cross it? There is Cipango, Cathay and India! Gold and
1319
spices are there, and here lie ships, and between, when all
1320
is said, is only sea! God made the sea to be sailed! Yonder
1321
they worship idols, here we worship Christ. There are
1322
idols, here is Christ. Once a Christopherus carried Christ
1323
across water!' Eighteen years ago. I said, `I can do it!'
1324
I say it to-day, my lord and my lady. I can do it!"
1325
1326
Of the seated great ones only the Queen's spirit appeared
1327
to answer his. He seemed to enchant her, to take her with
1328
him. But the King's cool face regarded him with something
1329
like dislike. He spoke in an edged voice. "Saint Christopher
1330
asked no great wage. That is the point, Master
1331
Christopherus, so let us to it! At last the Queen and I
1332
say `We agree' to this enterprise, which may bring forth
1333
fruit or may not, or may mean mere empty loss of ships
1334
and men and of our monies! Yet we say `yea.' But we
1335
do not say `yea ', Master Christopherus, to the too great
1336
ferry fee which you ask! I say `ask', but verily the tone
1337
is of command!"
1338
1339
The man whom they called Master Christopherus made a
1340
slow, wide gesture of deprecation. The Archbishop took
1341
the word. "Too much! You ask a hundred times too
1342
much! I must say to you that it is unchristianly arrogance.
1343
You talk like a soldan!" An assenting murmur came from
1344
the other ecclesiastics.
1345
1346
The Queen spoke. "Master Christopherus, if it be a great
1347
thing to do, is not the doing it and thereby blessing yourself
1348
no less than others--is not that reward? Not that
1349
Castile shall deny you reward, no! Trust me that if you
1350
bring us the key of India you shall not find us niggardly!
1351
But we and they who advise us stumble at your prescribing
1352
wealth, honors and gifts that they say truly are better fitting
1353
a great prince! Trust us for enrichment and for honor do
1354
you come back with the great thing done! Leave it all now
1355
to Time that brings to pass. So you will be clearer to go
1356
forth to the blessed carrying of Christ!"
1357
1358
She spoke earnestly, a Queen, but with much about her
1359
of womanly, motherly sweetness. I saw that she greatly
1360
liked the man and somewhere met his spirit. But the King
1361
was gathering hardness. He spoke to a secretary standing
1362
behind him. "Have you it there written down, the Italian's
1363
demand?"
1364
1365
The man produced a paper. "Read!" But before it
1366
could be unfolded, Master Christopherus spoke.
1367
1368
" `Italian!' Seven years in Spain and ten in Portugal,
1369
and a good while in Porto Santo that belongs to Portugal,
1370
a little in England and in Ultima Thule or Iceland, and long,
1371
long years upon ships decked and undecked in all the seas
1372
that are known--fourteen years, childhood and boyhood, in
1373
Genoa and at Pavia where I went to school, and all my
1374
years of hope in Christ's Kingdom, and in the uplands of
1375
great doers-and your Highness says to me for a slighting
1376
word, `Italian!' I was born in Italy, but to-day, for this
1377
turn, King Ferdinand, you should call me `Spaniard'! As,
1378
if King John sends me forth be will call me Portuguese!
1379
Or King Henry will say, `Christopher the Englishman'
1380
or King Charles, to whom verily I see that I may go, shall
1381
say, `Frenchman, to whom all owe the marriage of East and
1382
West, but France owes Empire!"'
1383
1384
The King said, "It may be so, or it may not be so,
1385
Master Christopherus.--Read!"
1386
1387
The secretary read: The Genoese, Cristoforo Colombo,
1388
called in Spain Cristobal Colon, and in the Latin Christopherus
1389
Columbus, states and demands in substance as follows:
1390
Sailing westward he will discover for the King and
1391
Queen of the Spains the Indies and Cathay and Cipango,
1392
to the great glory and enrichment of these Sovereigns and
1393
the passing thereby of Spain ahead of Portugal, and likewise
1394
and above all to the great glory of Christ and of Holy
1395
Church. He will do this, having seen it clear for many
1396
years that it is to be done, and he the instrument. And for
1397
the finding by going westward of the said India and all
1398
the gain of the world and the Kingdom of God and of our
1399
Sovereigns the King Don Ferdinand and the Queen Dona
1400
Isabella, he bargaineth thus:
1401
1402
"He shall be named Admiral of the Ocean-Sea, whereby
1403
he means the whole water west of the line drawn by the
1404
Holy Father for the King of Portugal. He shall be made
1405
Viceroy and Governor of all continents and islands that he
1406
may discover, claim and occupy for the Sovereigns. And
1407
the said Christopherus Columbus's eldest son shall hold these
1408
offices after him, and the heir of his son, and his heir, down
1409
time. He shall be granted one tenth of all gold, pearls,
1410
precious stones, spices, or other merchandise found or bought
1411
or exchanged within his admiralty and viceroyship, and this
1412
tithe is likewise to be taken by his heirs from generation to
1413
generation. He or one that he shall name shall be judge in
1414
all disputes that arise in these continents and islands, so be it
1415
that the honor of the Sovereigns of Spain is not touched.
1416
He shall have the salary that hath the High Admiral of
1417
Castile. He and his family shall be ennobled and henceforth
1418
be called Don and Dona. And for the immediate sailing
1419
of ships he may, if he so desire, be at an eighth of the
1420
expense of outfitting, for which he shall be returned an
1421
eighth of all the profit of this the first voyage."
1422
1423
The secretary did not make the terms less sounding by
1424
his reading. Wind in leaves, went a stir through the room.
1425
I heard a page near me whispering, "O Sancta Maria!
1426
The hanger-on, the needy one! Since the beginning of time
1427
I've seen him at doors, sunny and cloudy days, the big,
1428
droning bee!" Manuel Rodriguez painted on. I felt his
1429
thought. "I should like to paint _you_, Admiral of the
1430
Ocean-Sea!"
1431
1432
The room recomposed itself. Out of silence came the
1433
King's voice, chill and dry. "We abate so vast a claim for
1434
so vast reward! But we would be naught else but just,
1435
and in our ability lavish. Read now what we will do!"
1436
1437
The secretary read. It had a certain largeness and goodliness,
1438
as go rewards for adventure, even for great adventure,
1439
what the sovereigns would do. The room thought it should
1440
answer. The King spoke, "We can promise no more nor
1441
other than this. It contents you, Master Christopherus?"
1442
1443
The long-faced, high-nosed, gray-eyed man answered,
1444
"No, my lord King."
1445
1446
"Your own terms or none?"
1447
1448
"Mine or none, your Highness."
1449
1450
The King's voice grew a cutting wind. "To that the
1451
Queen and I answer, `Ours or none!' " Pushing back
1452
his chair, he glanced at sun out of window. "It is over. I
1453
incline to think that it was at best but an empty vision. You
1454
are dismissed, Master Christopherus!"
1455
1456
The Genoese, bowing, stepped backward from the table.
1457
In his face and carriage was nothing broken. He kept
1458
color. The Queen's glance went after him, "What will you
1459
do now, Master Christopherus?"
1460
1461
He answered, "My lady, your Highness, I shall take
1462
horse to-morrow for France."
1463
1464
The King said, "France?--King Charles buys ever low,
1465
not high!"
1466
1467
The Sovereigns and the great churchmen and the less
1468
great went away together. After them flowed the high attendance.
1469
All went, Don Enrique among the last. Following
1470
him, I turned head, for I wished to observe again two
1471
persons, the painter Manuel Rodriguez and the Admiral of
1472
the Ocean-Sea. The former painted on. The latter walked
1473
forth quite alone, coming behind the grinning pages.
1474
1475
In the court below I saw him again. The archway to
1476
street sent toward us a deep wedge of shadow. He had a
1477
cloak which he wrapped around him and a large round hat
1478
which he drew low over his gray-blue eyes. With a firm
1479
step he crossed to the archway where the purple shadow
1480
took him.
1481
1482
Juan Lepe must turn to his own part which now must be
1483
decided. I walked behind Don Enrique de Cerda through
1484
Santa Fe. With him kept Don Miguel de Silva, who loved
1485
Don Enrique's sister and would still talk of _devoir_ and of
1486
plans, now that the war was ended. When the house was
1487
reached he would enter with us and still adhere to Don
1488
Enrique. But at the stair foot the latter spoke to the squire.
1489
"Find me in an hour, Juan Lepe. I have something to say
1490
to thee!" His tone carried, "Do you think the place there
1491
makes any difference? No, by the god of friends!"
1492
1493
I let him go thinking that I would come to him presently.
1494
But I, too, had to act under the god of friends. In Diego
1495
Lopez's room I found quill and ink and paper, and there I
1496
wrote a letter to Don Enrique, and finding Diego gave it to
1497
him to be given in two hours into Don Enrique's hand.
1498
Then Juan Lepe the squire changed in his own room, narrow
1499
and bare as a cell, to the clothing of Juan Lepe the sailor.
1500
1501
1502
1503
CHAPTER VII
1504
1505
DUSK was drawing down as I stole with little trouble
1506
out of the house into the street and thence into the
1507
maze of Santa Fe. That night I slept with minstrels
1508
and jugglers, and at sunrise slipped out of Cordova gate
1509
with muleteers. They were for Cordova and I meant to go to
1510
Malaga. I meant to find there a ship, maybe for Africa,
1511
maybe for Italy, though in Italy, too, sits the Inquisition.
1512
But who knows what it is that turns a man, unless we call
1513
it his Genius, unless we call it God? I let the muleteers
1514
pass me on the road to Cordova, let them dwindle in the
1515
distance. And still I walked and did not turn back and
1516
find the Malaga road. It was as though I were on the sea,
1517
and my bark was hanging in a calm, waiting for a wind to
1518
blow. A man mounted on a horse was coming toward me
1519
from Santa Fe. Watching the small figure grow larger, I
1520
said, "When he is even with me and has passed and is a
1521
little figure again in the distance, I will turn south."
1522
1523
He came nearer. Suddenly I knew him to be that Master
1524
Christopherus who had entered the wedge of shadow yesterday
1525
in the palace court. He was out of it now, in the broad
1526
light, on the white road--on the way to France. He approached.
1527
The ocean before Palos came and stood again
1528
before me, salt and powerful. The keen, far, sky line of it
1529
awoke and drew!
1530
1531
Christopherus Columbus came up with me. I said, "A
1532
Palos sailor gives you good morning!"
1533
1534
Checking the horse, he sat looking at me out of blue-gray
1535
eyes. I saw him recollecting. "Dress is different and
1536
poorer, but you are the squire in the crowd! `Sailor
1537
Palos sailor'--There's some meaning there too!"
1538
1539
He seemed to ponder it, then asked if I was for Cordova.
1540
1541
"No. I am going to Malaga where I take ship."
1542
1543
"This is not the Malaga road."
1544
1545
"No. But I am in no hurry! I should like to walk a mile
1546
with you."
1547
1548
"Then do it," he answered. "Something tells me that
1549
we shall not be ill travelers together."
1550
1551
I felt that also and no more than he could explain it.
1552
But the reason, I know, stands in the forest behind the
1553
seedling.
1554
1555
He walked his horse, and I strode beside. He asked my
1556
name and I gave it. Juan Lepe. We traveled Cordova
1557
road together. Presently he said, "I leave Spain for France,
1558
and do you know why?"
1559
1560
Said Juan Lepe, "I have been told something, and I have
1561
gathered something with my own eyes and ears. You would
1562
reach Asia by going west."
1563
1564
He spoke in the measured tone of a recital often made
1565
alike to himself and to others. "I hold that the voyage from
1566
Palos, say, first south to the Canaries and then due west
1567
would not exceed three months. Yet I began to go west
1568
to India full eighteen years ago! I have voyaged eighteen
1569
years, with dead calms and head winds, with storms and
1570
back-puttings, with pirates and mutinies, with food and
1571
water lacking, with only God and my purpose for friend! I
1572
have touched at the court of Portugal and at the court of
1573
Spain, and, roundabout way, at the court of England, and at
1574
the houses of the Doges of Venice and of Genoa. They all
1575
kept me swinging long at anchor, but they have never given
1576
me a furthering wind. Eighteen years going to India! But
1577
why do I say eighteen? The Lord put me forth from landside
1578
the day I was born. Before I was fourteen, at the
1579
school in Pavia, He said, `Go to sea. Sail under thy cousin
1580
Colombo and learn through long years all the inches of salt
1581
water.' Later He said, one day when we were swinging
1582
off Alexandria, `Study! Teach thyself! Buy books, not
1583
wine nor fine clothes nor favor of women. Study on land
1584
and study at sea. Look at every map that comes before you.
1585
Learn to make maps. When a world map comes before you,
1586
look at the western side of it and think how to fill it out
1587
knowingly. Listen to seamen's tales. Learn to view the
1588
invisible and to feel under foot the roundness of my
1589
earth!'
1590
1591
"And He said that same year off Aleppo, `Learn to
1592
command ships. Learn in King Reinier's war and in what
1593
other war Genoa makes. Learn to direct men and patiently
1594
to hear them, winding in and out of their counsels, keeping
1595
thyself always wiser than they.' Well, I studied, and learned,
1596
and can command a ship or ships, and know navigation, and
1597
can make maps and charts with the best, and can rule seamen,
1598
loving them the while. Long ago, I went to that school
1599
which He set, and came forth _magister!_ Long after His
1600
first speaking, I was at Porto Santo, well named, and there
1601
He said, `Seek India, going westward.' " He turned his
1602
face to the sun. "I have been going to India fifty-six years."
1603
1604
Juan Lepe asked, "Why, on yesterday, were you not content
1605
with the King and Queen's terms? They granted honor
1606
and competence. It was the estate of a prince that you
1607
asked."
1608
1609
Some moments passed before he answered. The sun was
1610
shining, the road white and dusty, the mountains of Elvira
1611
purple to the tops and there splashed with silver. When he
1612
spoke, his voice was changed. Neither now nor hereafter
1613
did he discourse of money-gold and nobility flowing from
1614
earthly kings with that impersonal exaltation with which he
1615
talked of his errand from God to link together east and west.
1616
But he drew them somehow in train from the last, hiding
1617
here I thought, an earthly weakness from himself, and the
1618
weakness so intertwined with strength that it was hard to
1619
divide parasite from oak.
1620
1621
"Did you see," he asked, "a boy with me? That was my
1622
son Diego whom I have left with a friend in Santa Fe.
1623
Fernando, his half-brother, is but a child. I shall see him in
1624
Cordova. I have two brothers, dear to me both of them,
1625
Diego and Bartholomew. My old father, Dominico Colombo,
1626
still lives in Genoa. He lives in poverty, as I have
1627
lived in poverty these many years. And there is Pedro
1628
Correo, to whom I owe much, husband of my wife's sister.
1629
My wife is dead. The mother of Fernando is not my wife,
1630
but I love her, and she is poor though beautiful and good.
1631
I would have her less poor; I would give her beautiful
1632
things. I have love for my kindred,--love and yearning
1633
and care and desire to do them good, alike those who trust
1634
me and those who think that I had failed them. I do not
1635
fail them!"
1636
1637
We padded on upon the dusty road. I felt his inner
1638
warmth, divined his life. But at last I said, "What the
1639
Queen and King promise would give rich care--"
1640
1641
"I have friends too, for all that I ride out of Spain and
1642
seem so poor and desolate! I would repay--ay, ten times
1643
over--their faith and their help."
1644
1645
"Still--"
1646
1647
"There are moreover the poor, and those who study and
1648
need books and maps that they cannot purchase. There are
1649
convents--one convent especially--that befriended me
1650
when I was alone and nigh hopeless and furthered my
1651
cause. I would give that convent great gifts." Turning in
1652
the saddle he looked southwest. "Fray Juan Perez--"
1653
1654
Palos shore spread about me, and rose La Rabida, white
1655
among vineyards and pines. Doves flew over cloister. But
1656
I did not say all I knew.
1657
1658
"There are other things that I would do. I do not speak
1659
of them to many! They would say that I was mad. But
1660
great things that in this age none else seems inclined to do!"
1661
1662
"As what?" I asked. "I have been called mad myself.
1663
I am not apt to think you so."
1664
1665
He began to speak of a mighty crusade to recover the
1666
Holy Sepulchre.
1667
1668
The road to Cordova stretched sunny and dusty. Above
1669
the mountains of Elvira the sky stood keen blue. Juan Lepe
1670
said slowly, "Admiral of the Ocean-Sea and Viceroy and
1671
Governor of continents and islands in perpetuity, sons
1672
and sons' sons after you, and gilded deep with a tenth of all
1673
the wealth that flows forever from Asia over Ocean-Sea to
1674
Spain, and you and all after you made nobles, grandees and
1675
wealthy from generation to generation! Kings almost of
1676
the west, and donors to the east, arousers of crusades and
1677
freers of the Sepulchre! You build a high tower!"
1678
1679
Carters and carts going by pushed us to the edge of road
1680
and covered all with dust. He waited until the cloud sank,
1681
then he said, "Do you know--but you cannot know what
1682
it is to be sent from pillar to post and wait in antechambers
1683
where the air stifles, and doff cap--who have
1684
been captain of ships!--to chamberlain, page and lackey?
1685
To be called dreamer, adventurer, dicer! To hear the laugh
1686
and catch the sneer! To be the persuader, the beggar of
1687
good and bad, high and low--to beg year in and year out,
1688
cold and warmth, summer and winter, sunrise, noon and
1689
sunset, calm and storm, beg of galleon and beg of carrack,
1690
yea, beg of cockboat! To see your family go needy, to be
1691
doubted by wife and child and brethren and friends and
1692
acquaintance! To have them say, `While you dream we
1693
go hungry!' and `What good will it do us if there is India,
1694
while we famish in Spain?' and `You love us not, or you
1695
would become a prosperous sea captain!'--Not one year
1696
but eighteen, eighteen, since I saw in vision the sun set not
1697
behind water but behind vale and hill and mountain and
1698
cities rich beyond counting, and smelled the spice draught
1699
from the land!"
1700
1701
I saw that he must count upon huge indemnity. We all
1702
dream indemnity. But still I thought and think that there
1703
was here a weakness in him. Far inward he may have
1704
known it himself, the outer self was so busy finding grounds!
1705
After a moment he spoke again, "Little things bring little
1706
reward. But to keep proportion and harmony, great thing
1707
must bring great things! You do not know what it is to
1708
cross where no man hath crossed and to find what no man
1709
hath found!"
1710
1711
"Yes, it is a great thing!"
1712
1713
"Then," said he, "what is it, that which I ask, to the
1714
grandeur of time!"
1715
1716
He spoke with a lifted face, eyes upon the mountain crests
1717
and the blue they touched. They were nearer us than they
1718
had been; the Pass of Elvira was at hand. Yet on I walked,
1719
and before me still hung the far ocean west of Palos. I
1720
said, "I know something of the guesses, the chances and
1721
the dangers, but I have not spent there years of study--"
1722
1723
He kindled, having an auditor whom he chose to think
1724
intelligent. He checked his horse, that fell to grazing the
1725
bit of green by the way. "As though," he said, "I stood
1726
in Cipango beneath a golden roof, I know that it can be
1727
done! Twelve hundred leagues at the most. Look!" he
1728
said. "You are not an ignoramus like some I have met;
1729
nor if I read you right are you like others who not knowing
1730
that True Religion is True Wonder up with hands and cry,
1731
`Blasphemy, Sacrilege and Contradiction!' Earth and water
1732
make an orb. Place ant on apple and see that orbs may
1733
be gone around! Travel far enough and east and west
1734
change names! Straight through, beneath us, are other men."
1735
1736
"Feet against feet. Antipodes," I said. "All the life of
1737
man is taking Wonder in and making Her at home!"
1738
1739
"So!" he answered. "Now look! The largeness of our
1740
globe is at the equator. The great Ptolemy worked out
1741
our reckoning. Twenty-four hours, fifteen degrees to each,
1742
in all three hundred and sixty degrees. It is held that the
1743
Greeks and the Romans knew fifteen of these hours. They
1744
stretched their hand from Gibraltar and Tangier, calling
1745
them Pillars of Hercules, to mid-India. Now in our time
1746
we have the Canaries and the King of Portugal's new islands
1747
--another hour, mark you! Sixteen from twenty-four
1748
leaves eight hours empty. How much of that is water and
1749
how much is earth? Where ends Ocean-Sea and where begins
1750
India and Cathay, of which the ancients knew only a
1751
part? The Arabian Alfraganus thinks that Ptolemy's degrees
1752
should be less in size. If that be right, then the earth
1753
is smaller than is thought, and India nearer! I myself
1754
incline to hold with Alfraganus. It may be that less than
1755
two months' sailing, calm and wind, would bring us to
1756
Cipango. Give me the ships and I will do it!"
1757
1758
"You might have had them yesterday."
1759
1760
To a marked extent he could bring out and make visible
1761
his inner exaltation. Now, tall, strong, white-haired, he
1762
looked a figure of an older world. "The spheres and all
1763
are set to harmony!" he said. "I would have fitness.
1764
Great things throughout! Diamonds and rubies without
1765
flaw in the crown.--We will talk no more about abating
1766
just demand!"
1767
1768
I agreed with a nod, and indeed there was never any
1769
shaking him here. Beneath his wide and lofty vision of a
1770
world filled out to the eternal benefit of all rested always
1771
this picture which I knew he savored like wine and warmth.
1772
His family, his sons, his brothers and kindred, the aged
1773
father in Genoa, all friends and backers--and he a warm
1774
sun in the midst of them, all their doubts of him dispelled,
1775
shining out upon them, making every field rich, repaying
1776
a thousand, thousandfold every trust shown him.
1777
1778
The day sang cool and high and bright, the mountains
1779
of Elvira had light snow atop. Master Christopherus began
1780
again to speak.
1781
1782
"There came ashore at Porto Santo some years ago a
1783
piece of wood long as a spar but thicker. Pedro Correo,
1784
who is my brother-in-law, saw it. It was graved all over,
1785
cut by something duller than our knives with beasts and
1786
leaves and a figure that Pedro thought was meant for an
1787
idol. He and another saw it and agree in their description.
1788
They left it on the beach at twilight, well out of water
1789
reach. But in the night came up a great storm that swept
1790
it away. It came from the west, the wind having blown
1791
for days from that quarter. I ask you will empty billows
1792
fell a tree and trim it and carve it? It is said that a Portuguese pilot picked up one like it off Cape Bojador
1793
when the
1794
wind was southwest. I have heard a man of the Azores
1795
tell of giant reeds pitched upon his shore _from the west_.
1796
There is a story of the finding on the beach of Flores the
1797
bodies of two men not like any that we know either in
1798
color or in feature. For days a west wind had driven in
1799
the seas. And I know of other findings. Whence do these
1800
things come?
1801
1802
"May there not be unknown islands west of Azores?
1803
They might come from there, and still to the west of them
1804
stream all Ocean-Sea, violent and unknown! The learned
1805
think the earth of such a size. Your Arabian holds it
1806
smaller. What if it is larger than the largest calculation?"
1807
1808
He said with disdain, "All the wise men at Salamanca
1809
before whom the King set me six years ago thought it had
1810
no end! Large or small, they called it blasphemy for me,
1811
a poor, plain seaman, son of a wool-comber and not even
1812
a Spanish wool-comber, to try to stretch mind over it!
1813
Ocean-Sea had never been overpassed, and by that token
1814
could not be overpassed! None had met its dangers, so
1815
dangers there must be of a most strange and fearful nature!
1816
But if you were put to sea at fourteen and have lived
1817
there long, water becomes water! A speck on the horizon
1818
will turn out ship or land. Wave carries you on to wave,
1819
day to night and night to day. At last there is port!"
1820
1821
All this time his horse had been cropping the scanty
1822
herbage. Now he raised his head. In a moment we too
1823
heard the horsemen and looking back toward Santa Fe saw
1824
four approaching. As they came nearer we made out two
1825
cavaliers talking together, followed by serving men. When
1826
they were almost at hand one of the leaders said something,
1827
whereat his fellow laughed. It floated up Cordova road, a
1828
wide, deep, rich laugh. Master Christopherus started.
1829
"That is the laugh of Don Luis de St. Angel!"
1830
1831
Don Luis de St. Angel was, I knew, Receiver of the
1832
Ecclesiastical Revenues for Aragon, a man who stood well
1833
with the King. The horsemen were close upon us. Suddenly
1834
the laugher cried, "Saint Jago! Here he is!"
1835
1836
We were now five mounted men and a trudger afoot. The
1837
cavalier who had laughed, a portly, genial person with a bold
1838
and merry eye, laughed again. "Well met, Don Cristoval.
1839
Well met, Admiral! I looked to find you presently! You
1840
sailed out of port at sunrise and I two hours later with a
1841
swifter ship and more canvas--"
1842
1843
" `Don' and `Admiral'!" answered Master Christopherus,
1844
and he spoke with anger. "You jest in Spain!
1845
But in France it shall be said soberly--"
1846
1847
"No, no! Don and Admiral here! Viceroy and Governor
1848
here--as soon as you find the lands! Wealthy here--
1849
as soon as you put hand on the gold!" Don Luis de St.
1850
Angel's laughter ceased. He became with portentous swiftness
1851
a downright, plain man of business. He talked, all of
1852
us clustered together on the Cordova road.
1853
1854
"The Archbishop kept me from that audience yesterday,
1855
leaving Don Alonso de Quintanella your only friend there!
1856
The Queen was tired, the King fretted. They thought they
1857
had come a long way, and there you stood, Master Christopherus,
1858
shaking your head! Don Alonso told me about it,
1859
and how hopeless it seemed! But I said, `If you conquer
1860
a land don't you put in a viceroy? I don't see that Don
1861
Cristoval isn't as good as Don This One, or Don That One!
1862
I've a notion that the first might not oppress and flay the
1863
new subjects as might the last two! That is a point to be
1864
made to the Queen! As for perpetuity of office and privileges
1865
down the ages, most things get to be hereditary. If
1866
it grows to be a swollen serpent something in the future will
1867
fall across and cut it in two. Let time take care of it! As
1868
for wealth, in any land a man who will bear an eighth of the
1869
cost may fairly expect an eighth of the gain. This setting
1870
out is to cost little, after all. He says he can do it with
1871
three small ships and less than a hundred and fifty men. If
1872
the ships bring back no treasure, he will not be wealthy. If
1873
there is a little gain, the Spains need not grudge him his
1874
handful of doubloons. If there is huge gain, the King and
1875
Queen but for him would not have their seven eighths. The
1876
same reasoning applies to his tenth of all future gain from
1877
continents and islands. You will say that some one else will
1878
arise to do it for us on easier terms. Perhaps--and perhaps
1879
not for a century, and another Crown may thrust in
1880
to-morrow! France, probably. It is not impossible that
1881
England might do it. As for what is named overweening
1882
pride and presumption, at least it shows at once and for
1883
altogether. We are not left painfully to find it out. It
1884
goes with his character. Take it or leave it together with
1885
his patience, courage and long head. Leave it, and presently
1886
we may see France or England swallow him whole. He
1887
will find India and Cathay and Cipango, and France or England
1888
will be building ships, ships, ships! Blessed Virgin
1889
above us!' said I, `If I could talk alone to the Sovereigns,
1890
I think I could clench it!' "
1891
1892
" `Then let us go now to the palace,' says Don Alonso,
1893
`and beg audience!'
1894
1895
"That did we, Don Cristoval, and so I hail you `Don'
1896
and `Admiral', and beg you to turn that mule and reenter
1897
Santa Fe! In a few days you and the King and Queen may
1898
sign capitulations."
1899
1900
"Was it the Queen?"
1901
1902
"Just. The King said the treasury was drained. She answered,
1903
`I will pawn my jewels but he shall sail!' Luis de
1904
St. Angel says, `It does not need. There is some gold left
1905
in the coffers of Aragon. After all, the man asks but three
1906
little ships and a few score seamen and offers himself to
1907
furnish one of the ships.' "
1908
1909
"With Martin Alonso Pinzon's help, I will!"
1910
1911
" `Never,' said I to their majesties, `was so huge a possible
1912
gain matched against so small a sending forth! And as
1913
for this Genoese who truly hath given and gives and will
1914
give his life for his vision, saith not Scripture that a laborer
1915
is worthy of his hire?' At which the Queen said with
1916
decision, `We will do it, Don Luis! And now go and find
1917
Master Christopherus and comfort him, whose heart must
1918
be heavy, and indeed mine,' she saith, `was heavy when he
1919
went forth to-day, and a voice seemed to say within me,
1920
"What have you done, Isabella? How may you have
1921
hindered!" ' "
1922
1923
The Gatherer of Ecclesiastical Revenues laughed again
1924
with that compelling laughter. "So forth we go, and Don
1925
Alonso sends for you to his house. But you could not be
1926
found. Early this morning came one and informed us that
1927
the ship had put out of harbor, whereupon my nephew and
1928
I set sail after!"
1929
1930
The Admiral of the Ocean-Sea turned his face to the
1931
west. Not knowing, I think, what he did, he raised his
1932
arm, outstretched it, and the hand seemed to close in greeting.
1933
His face was the face of a man who sees the Beloved
1934
after long and sorrowful absence. So did thought and passion
1935
and vision charge his frame and his countenance, that
1936
for a moment truly there was effulgence. It startled. Don
1937
Luis held his speech suspended, in his eyes wonder. Master
1938
Christopherus let fall his arm. He sighed. The out-pushing
1939
light faltered, vanished. One might say, if one chose,
1940
"A Genoese sea captain, willing to do an adventurous thing
1941
and make a purse thereby!"
1942
1943
1944
1945
CHAPTER VIII
1946
1947
JUAN LEPE, quitting the Vega of Granada, recrossed
1948
the mountains. I was at wander. I did not go to
1949
Malaga. I did not then go to Palos. I went to San
1950
Lucar. I had adventures, but I will not draw them here.
1951
The ocean by Palos continued with me in sight and sound
1952
and movement. But I did not go to Palos. I went to the
1953
strand of San Lucar, and there I found a small bark trading
1954
not to Genoa but to Marseilles. Seamen lacked, and
1955
the master took me gladly. I freshened knowledge upon this
1956
voyage.
1957
1958
The master was a dour, quiet Catalan; his three sons
1959
favored him and their six sailors more or less took the note.
1960
The sea ran quiet and blue under a quiet blue heaven. At
1961
night all the stars shone, or only light clouds went overhead.
1962
It was a restful boat and Jayme de Marchena rested. Even
1963
while his body labored he rested. The sense of Danger in
1964
every room, walking on every road, took leave. Yet was
1965
there throughout that insistent sight of Palos beach and the
1966
gray and wild Atlantic. All the birds cried from the west;
1967
the salt, stinging wind flung itself upon me from the west.
1968
Once a voice, faint and silvery, made itself heard. "Were
1969
it not well to know those other, those mightier waters, and
1970
find the strange lands, the new lands?" I answered myself,
1971
"They are the old lands taken a new way." But still
1972
the voice said, "The new lands!"
1973
1974
We made Marseilles and unladed, and were held there
1975
a fortnight. I might have left the bark and found work and
1976
maybe safety in France, or I might have taken another ship
1977
for Italy. I did neither. I clung to this bark and my Cata-
1978
lans. We took our lading and quitted Marseilles, and came
1979
after a tranquil voyage to San Lucar. Again we unladed
1980
and laded, and again voyaged to Marseilles. Spring became
1981
summer; young summer, summer in prime. We left Marseilles
1982
and voyaged once more San Lucar-ward. There
1983
rushed up a fearful storm and we were wrecked off Almeria.
1984
One lad drowned. The rest of us somehow made
1985
shore. A boat took us to Algeciras, and thence we trudged
1986
it to San Lucar.
1987
1988
My Catalans were not wholly depressed. Behind their
1989
wrecked ship stood merchants who would furnish another
1990
bark. The master would have had me wait at San Lucar
1991
until he went forth again. But I was bound for the strand
1992
by Palos and the gray, piling Atlantic.
1993
1994
August was the month and the day warm. The first of
1995
August in the year 1492. Two leagues east of Palos I
1996
overtook three men trudging that way, and talking now
1997
loudly and angrily and now in a sullen, dragging fashion.
1998
I had seen between this road and ocean a fishing hamlet
1999
and I made out that they were from this place. They
2000
were men of small boats, men who fished, but who now
2001
and again were gathered in by some shipmaster, when they
2002
became sailors.
2003
2004
In me they saw only a poorly clad, sea-going person.
2005
When I gave greeting they greeted me in return. "For
2006
Palos?" I asked, and the one who talked the most and the
2007
loudest gave groaning assent. "Aye, for Palos. You too,
2008
brother, are flopping in the net?"
2009
2010
I did not understand and said as much. He gave an
2011
angry laugh and explained his figure. "Why, the Queen
2012
and the King and the law and Martin Pinzon, to whom we,
2013
are bound for a year, are pressing us! Which is to say
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
1492
2019
by
2020
Mary Johnston
2021
Part 2 out of 7
2022
2023
    FullBooks.com homepage
2024
    Index of 1492
2025
    Previous part (1)
2026
    Next part (3)
2027
2028
2029
2030
they've cast a net and here we are, good fish, beating against
2031
the meshes and finding none big enough to slip through!
2032
Haven't you been pressed too, scooped in without a `By
2033
your leave, Palos fish!' A hundred fish and more in this
2034
net and one by one the giant will take us out and broil us!"
2035
2036
The second man spoke with a whine. "I had rather a
2037
Barbary pirate were coming aboard! I had rather be took
2038
slave and row a galley!"
2039
2040
The third, a young man, had a whimsical, dark, fearless
2041
face. "But we be going to see strange things and serve
2042
the Queen! That's something!"
2043
2044
"The Queen is just a lady. She don't know anything
2045
about deep and fearful seas!"
2046
2047
"Where are you going," I asked, "and with whom?"
2048
2049
The angry man answered, "The last of that is the easiest,
2050
mate! With an Italian sorcerer who has bewitched the
2051
great! He ought to be burned, say I, with the Jews and
2052
heretics! We are going with him, and we are going
2053
with Captain Martin Pinzon, whom he hath bewitched with
2054
the rest! And we are going with three ships, the _Santa
2055
Maria_, the Pinta and the Nina."
2056
2057
The third said, "The Santa Maria's a good boat."
2058
2059
"There isn't any boat, good or bad," the first answered
2060
him, "that can hold together when you come to heat that'll
2061
melt pitch and set wood afire! There isn't any boat, good
2062
or bad, that can stand it when a lodestone as big as Gibraltar
2063
begins to draw iron!"
2064
2065
The second, whose element was melancholy, sighed, "I've
2066
been north of Ireland, Pedro, and that was bad enough!
2067
The lookout saw a siren and the _Infanta Isabella_ was dashed
2068
on the rocks and something laughed at us all night!"
2069
2070
"Ireland's nothing at all to it!" answered the angry man,
2071
whose name was Pedro. "I've heard men that know talk!
2072
The Portuguese going down Africa coast got to Cape Bojador,
2073
but they've never truly gotten any further, though I
2074
hear them say they have! They sent a little carrack further
2075
down, and it had to come back because the water fell to
2076
boiling! There wasn't any land and there wasn't any true
2077
sea, but it was all melted up together in fervent heat! Like
2078
hot mud, so to speak. It's hell, that's what I say; it's hell
2079
down there! Moreover, there ain't any heaven stretched
2080
over it."
2081
2082
"What does it mean by that?" asked the second.
2083
2084
"It means, Fernando, that there wouldn't be any sky,
2085
blue nor gray nor black, nor clouds, nor air to breathe!
2086
There wouldn't be any thunder and lightning nor rain nor
2087
wind, and at night there wouldn't be stars, no north star,
2088
nor any! It would just be--I don't know what! Fray
2089
Ignatio told me, and he said the name was `chaos'."
2090
2091
"That was south. That wasn't west."
2092
2093
"West is just as bad!"
2094
2095
Fernando also addressed the young man, the third, calling
2096
him Sancho. "If there were anything west for Christian
2097
men, wouldn't the Holy Father at Rome have sent long
2098
ago? We are all going to die!"
2099
2100
"But they didn't know it was round," said Sancho. "Now
2101
we do, and that's the difference! If you started a little
2102
manikin just here on an orange and told him to go straight
2103
ahead, he'd come around home, wouldn't he?"
2104
2105
"You weary me, Sancho!" cried the first. "And what
2106
if you did that and it took so long that you come back to
2107
Fishertown old and bald and driveling, and your wife is
2108
dead and all the neighbors! Much good you'd have from
2109
knowing it was round!"
2110
2111
"When you got right underfoot wouldn't you fall; that's
2112
what I want to know?"
2113
2114
"Fall! Fall where?"
2115
2116
"Into the sky! My God, it's deep! And there wouldn't
2117
be any boat to pick you up nor any floating oar to catch
2118
by--"
2119
2120
The vision seemed to appall them. Fernando drew back
2121
of hand across eyes.
2122
2123
I came in. "You wouldn't do that any more than the
2124
ant falls off the orange! Men have come back who have been
2125
almost underfoot, so far to the east had they traveled. They
2126
found there men and kingdoms and ways not so mightily
2127
unlike ours."
2128
2129
"They went that way," answered Pedro, jerking his hand
2130
eastward, "over good land! And maybe, whatever they
2131
said, they were lying to us! I'm thinking most of the learned
2132
do that all the time!"
2133
2134
"Well," said Sancho, "if we do come back, we'll have
2135
some rare good tales to tell!"
2136
2137
There fell a pause at that, a pause of dissent and exasperation,
2138
but also one of caught fancy. It would undoubtedly
2139
be a glory to tell those tales to a listening, fascinated Fishertown!
2140
2141
Juan Lepe said, "For months I've been with a trader
2142
running from San Lucar to Marseilles. I've had no news
2143
this long while! What's doing at Palos?"
2144
2145
They were ready for an audience, any audience, and
2146
forthwith I had the story of the Admiral fairly straight--
2147
or I could make it straight--from that day when we parted
2148
on the Cordova road. These men did not know what had
2149
happened in March or in April, but they knew something
2150
of May. In May he came to Palos and settled down with
2151
Fray Juan Perez in La Rabida, and to see him went Captain
2152
Martin Pinzon who knew him already, and the physician
2153
Garcia Fernandez and others, and they all talked together
2154
for a day and a night. After that the alcalde of Palos and
2155
others in authority had letters and warrants from the Queen
2156
and the King, and they overbore everything, calling him
2157
Don and _El Almirante_ and saying that he must be furnished
2158
forth. Then came a day when everybody was gathered in
2159
the square before the church of Saint George, and the alcalde
2160
that had a great voice read the letters.
2161
2162
"I was there!" said Fernando. "I brought in fish that
2163
morning."
2164
2165
"I, too!" quoth Sancho. "I had to buy sailcloth."
2166
2167
It was Pedro chiefly who talked. "They were from the
2168
King and Queen, and the moral was that Palos must furnish
2169
Don Cristoval Colon, Admiral of the Ocean-Sea--
2170
and we thought that was a curious thing to be admiral of!
2171
--two ships and all seamen needed and all supplies. A third
2172
ship could be enterprised, and any in and around Palos
2173
was to be encouraged to put in fortune and help. Ships
2174
and those who went in them were to obey the said Don
2175
Cristoval Colon or Columbus as though he were the Queen
2176
and the King, the Bishop of Seville and the Marquis of
2177
Cadiz! It didn't say it just that way but that was what it
2178
meant. We were to follow him and do as he told us, or it
2179
would be much the worse for us! We weren't to put in at
2180
St. George la Mina on the coast of Africa, nor touch at the
2181
King of Portugal's islands, and that was the whole of it!"
2182
2183
"All seamen were to be given good pay," said Sancho.
2184
"And if anybody going was in debt, or even if he had done
2185
a crime--so that it wasn't treason or anything the Holy
2186
Office handles--he couldn't be troubled or held back, seeing
2187
it was royal errand. That is very convenient for some."
2188
2189
Pedro lost patience. "You'd make the best of Hell itself!"
2190
2191
"He'd deny," put in Fernando, "Holy Writ that says
2192
there shall be sorrows!"
2193
2194
They embarked upon loud blame of Sancho, instance after
2195
instance. At last I cut them across. "What further happened
2196
at Palos?"
2197
2198
They put back to that port. "Oh, it didn't seem so bad
2199
that day! One and another thought, `Perhaps I'll go!'
2200
Him they call The Admiral is a big figure of a man, and of
2201
course we that use the sea get to know how a good captain
2202
looks. We knew that he had sailed and sailed, and had had
2203
his own ship, maybe two or three of them! Then too the
2204
Pinzons and the Prior of La Rabida answered for him. A
2205
lot of us almost belong to the Pinzons, having signed to
2206
fish and voyage for them, and the Prior is a well-liked man.
2207
The alcalde folds up the letter as though he were in church,
2208
and they all come down the steps and go away to the alcalde's
2209
house which is around the corner. It wasn't until
2210
they were gone that Palos began to ask, `Where were three
2211
ships and maybe a hundred and fifty men _going_?' "
2212
2213
"We found out next day," said Fernando. "The tide
2214
went out, but it came back bearing the sound of where we
2215
were going!"
2216
2217
"Then what happened in Palos?"
2218
2219
"What happened was that they couldn't get the ships and
2220
they couldn't get the men! Palos wouldn't listen. It was
2221
too wild, what they wanted to do! It wouldn't listen to
2222
the Prior and it wouldn't listen to Doctor Garcia Fernandez,
2223
and it wouldn't even listen to Captain Martin Alonso Pinzon.
2224
And when that happens--! So for a long time there
2225
was a kind of angry calm. And then, lo you! we find that
2226
they have written to the Queen and the King. There come
2227
letters to Palos, and they are harsh ones!"
2228
2229
"I never heard harsher from any King and Queen!" said
2230
Fernando.
2231
2232
"There weren't only the letters, but they'd sent also a great
2233
man, Senor Juan de Penelosa, to see that they got obedience.
2234
Upshot is we've got to go, ships and men, or else be laid by
2235
the heels! As for Palos, her old sea privileges would be
2236
taken from her, and she couldn't face that. Get those ships
2237
ready and stock them and pipe sailors aboard, or there'd
2238
be our kind Queen and King to deal with!"
2239
2240
"Wherever it is, we're going. Great folk are too tall
2241
and broad for us!"
2242
2243
"So there comes another crowd in the square, before the
2244
church. Out steps Captain Martin Pinzon, and he cries,
2245
`Men of Palos, for all you doubt it, 'tis a glorious thing
2246
that's doing! Here is the _Nina_ that my brothers and I own.
2247
She's going with Don Cristoval the Admiral, and the men
2248
who are bound to me for fishing and voyaging are going, and
2249
more than that, there is going Martin Alonso Pinzon, for
2250
I'll ask no man to go where I will not go!'
2251
2252
"Then up beside him starts his brothers Vicente and
2253
Francisco, and they say they are going too. Fray Ignatio
2254
stands on the church steps and cries that there are idolaters
2255
there, and he will go to tell them about our Lord Jesus
2256
Christ! Then the alcalde gets up and says that the Sovereigns
2257
must be obeyed, and that the _Santa Maria_ and the
2258
Pinta shall be made ready. Then the pilots Sancho Ruiz
2259
and Pedro Nino and Bartolomeo Roldan push out together
2260
and say they'll go, and others follow, seeing they'll have to
2261
anyhow! So it went that day and the next and the next,
2262
until now they've pressed all they need. So I say, we are
2263
here, brother, flopping in the net!"
2264
2265
"When does he sail?"
2266
2267
"Day after to-morrow, 'tis said. But we who don't live
2268
in Palos have our orders to be there to-night. Aren't you
2269
going too, mate?"
2270
2271
I answered that I hadn't thought of it, and immediately,
2272
out of the whole, there rose and faced me, "You have
2273
thought of it all the time!"
2274
2275
Sancho spoke. "If you'll go with us to Captain Martin
2276
Pinzon, he'll enter you. He'd like to get another strong
2277
man."
2278
2279
I said, "I don't know. I'll have to think of it. Here is
2280
Palos, and yonder the headland with La Rabida."
2281
2282
We entered the town. They would have had me go with
2283
them wherever they must report themselves. But I said
2284
that I could not then, and at the mouth of their street managed
2285
to leave them. I passed through Palos and beyond its
2286
western limit came again to that house of the poorest where
2287
I had lodged six months before and waking all night had
2288
heard the Tinto flowing by like the life of a man. Long ago
2289
I had had some training in medicine, and in mind's medicine,
2290
and three years past I had brought a young working man
2291
living then in Marchena out of illness and melancholy. His
2292
parents dwelled here in this house by the Tinto and they
2293
gave me shelter.
2294
2295
2296
2297
CHAPTER IX
2298
2299
RISING at dawn, I walked to the sea and along it until
2300
I came at last to those dunes beneath which I had
2301
stretched myself that day of grayness. Now it was
2302
deep summer, blue and gold, and the air all balm and caressing.
2303
The evening before I had seen the three ships where
2304
they rode in river mouth. They were caravels, and only the
2305
_Santa Maria_, the largest, was fully decked. Small craft
2306
with which to find India, over a road of a thousand leagues
2307
--or no road, for road means that men have toiled there
2308
and traveled there--no road, but a wilderness plain, a
2309
water desert! The Arabians say that Jinn and Afrits live
2310
in the desert away from the caravans. If you go that way
2311
you meet fearful things and never come forth again. The
2312
Santa Maria, the _Pinta_ and the Nina. The Santa Maria
2313
could be Master Christopherus's ship. Bright point that
2314
was his banner could be made out at the fore.
2315
2316
Palos waterside, in a red-filtered dusk, had been a noisy
2317
place, but the noise did not ring genially. I gathered that
2318
this small port was more largely in the mood of Pedro and
2319
Fernando than in that of Sancho. It looked frightened and
2320
it looked sullen and it looked angry.
2321
2322
The old woman by the Tinto talked garrulously. Thankful
2323
was she that her son Miguel dwelled ten leagues away!
2324
Else surely they would have taken him, as they were taking
2325
this one's son and that one's son! To hear her you would
2326
think of an ogre--of Polyphemus in the cave--reaching
2327
out fatal hand for this or that fattened body. Nothing then,
2328
she said, to do but to pinch and save so that one might
2329
pay the priest for masses! She told me with great eyes
2330
that a hundred leagues west of Canaries one came to a sea
2331
forest where all the trees were made of water growing up
2332
high and spreading out like branches and leaves, and that
2333
this forest was filled with sea wolves and serpents and
2334
strange beasts all made of sea water, but they could sting
2335
and rend a man very ghastly. After that you came to
2336
sirens that you could not help leaping to meet, but they
2337
put lips to men's breasts and sucked out the life. Then if
2338
the wind drove you south, you smelled smoke and at night
2339
saw flames, and if you could not get the ship about--
2340
2341
In mid-afternoon I left the sands and took the road to
2342
La Rabida. By the walled vineyard that climbs the hill
2343
I was met by three mounted men coming from the monastery.
2344
The first was Don Juan de Penelosa, the second was the
2345
Prior of La Rabida, the third was the Admiral of the Ocean-
2346
Sea.
2347
2348
Fray Juan Perez first saw me clearly, drawn up by wall.
2349
He had been quoting Latin and he broke at _Dominus et
2350
magister_. The Admiral turned gray eyes upon me. I saw
2351
his mind working. He said, "The road to Cordova--Welcome,
2352
Juan Lepe!"
2353
2354
"Welcome, Excellency!"
2355
2356
I gave him the name, seeing him for a moment somewhat
2357
whimsically as Viceroy of conquered great India of the
2358
elephants and the temples filled with bells. His face lighted.
2359
He looked at me, and I knew again that he liked me. I
2360
liked him.
2361
2362
My kinsman the Prior had started to speak to me, but
2363
then had shot a look at Juan de Penelosa and refrained.
2364
The Queen's officer spoke, "Why, here's another strong
2365
fellow, not so tall as some but powerfully knit! Are you
2366
used to the sea?"
2367
2368
I answered that I had been upon a Marseilles bark that
2369
was wrecked off Almeria, and that I had walked from San
2370
Lucar. He asked my name and I gave it. "Juan Lepe."
2371
I attach you then, Juan Lepe, for the service of the
2372
Queen! Behold your admiral, Don Cristoval Colon! His
2373
ships are the _Santa Maria_, the Pinta and the Nina, his destination
2374
the glorious finding of the Indies and Cipango where
2375
the poorest man drinks from a golden cup! Princes, I fancy,
2376
drink from hollowed emeralds! You will sail to-morrow at
2377
dawn. In which ship shall we put him, Senor?"
2378
2379
"In the Santa Maria," answered the Admiral.
2380
2381
So short as that was it done! And yet--and yet--it
2382
had been doing for a long time, for how long a time I have
2383
no way of measuring!
2384
2385
Juan de Penelosa continued to speak: "Follow us into
2386
Palos where Sebastian Jaurez will give you wine and a piece
2387
of money. Thence you will go to church where indeed we
2388
are bound, all who sail being gathered there for general
2389
confession and absolution. This voyage begins Christianly!"
2390
2391
Said Fray Juan Perez, "Not to do that, Juan Lepe, were
2392
to cry aloud for another shipwreck!"
2393
2394
He used the tone of priest, thrusting in speech as priests
2395
often do, where there is no especial need of speech. But I
2396
understood that that was a mask, and could read kinsmanly
2397
anxiety in a good man's heart. I said, "I will find Sebastian
2398
Jaurez, and I will go to church, Senors. A ship is a ship,
2399
and a voyage a voyage!"
2400
2401
"This, Juan Lepe," said the Admiral in that peculiarly
2402
warm and thrilling voice of his, "is such a voyage as you
2403
have never been!"
2404
2405
I made reply, "So be it! I would have every voyage
2406
greater than the last." And as they put their steeds into
2407
motion, walked behind them downhill and over sandy ways
2408
into Palos. There I found Sebastian Jaurez who signed me
2409
in. I put into my pocket the coin he gave me and drank
2410
with him a stoup of wine, and then I went to church.
2411
2412
It was a great shadowy church and I found it full. Jaurez
2413
piloted me to where just under pulpit were ranged my fellow
2414
mariners, a hundred plain sailormen, no great number with
2415
which to widen the world! A score or so of better station
2416
were grouped at the head of these, and in front of all stood
2417
Christopherus Columbus. I saw again Martin Alonso Pinzon
2418
who had entered the Prior's room at La Rabida, and
2419
with him his two brothers Francisco and Vicente. Martin
2420
Pinzon would be captain of the _Pinta_ and Vicente of the
2421
Nina. And there were Roderigo Sanchez of Segovia,
2422
Inspector-General of Armament, and Diego de Arana, chief
2423
alguazil of the expedition, and Roderigo de Escobedo, royal
2424
notary, and with these three or four young men of birth,
2425
adventuring for India now that the war with the Moor was
2426
done. And there were two physicians, Garcia Fernandez
2427
and Berardino Nunez. And there was the Franciscan, Fray
2428
Ignatio, who would convert the heathen and preach before
2429
the Great Khan.
2430
2431
The Admiral of Ocean-Sea stood a taller man than any
2432
there, tall, muscular, a great figure. He was richly dressed,
2433
for as soon as he could he dressed richly. A shaft of light
2434
struck his brow and made his hair all glowing silver. His
2435
face was lifted. The air about him to my eyes swam and
2436
quivered and was faintly colored.
2437
2438
Fray Juan Perez preached the sermon and he used great
2439
earnestness and now and again his voice broke. He talked
2440
of God's gain that we went forth upon, reaping in a field
2441
set us. One thing came forth here that I had not before
2442
heard.
2443
2444
"And the unthinkable wealth that surely shall be found
2445
and gained, for these countries to which you sail have eight-tenths of the world's riches, shall put Castile
2446
and Leon where
2447
of old stood Pagan Rome, and shall make, God willing, of
2448
this very Palos a new Genoa or Venice! And this man,
2449
your Admiral, how hath he proposed to the Sovereigns to
2450
use first fruits? Why, friends, by taking finally and forever
2451
from Mahound, and for Holy Church and her servant
2452
the Spains, the Holy Sepulchre!"
2453
2454
In the end, we the going forth, kneeling, made general
2455
confession and the priest's hands in the dusk above absolved
2456
us. There was solemnity and there was tenderness. A
2457
hundred and twenty, we came forth from church, and around
2458
us flowed the hundreds of Palos, men and women and
2459
children. All was red under a red sunset, the boats waiting
2460
to take us out to the _Santa Maria_, the Pinta and the
2461
Nina.
2462
2463
We marched to waterside. Priests and friars moved
2464
with us, singing loudly the hymn to the Virgin, Lady of
2465
all seamen. Great tears ran down Fray Juan Perez's checks.
2466
It was a red sunset and the west into which we were going
2467
looked indeed blood-flecked. Don Juan de Penelosa, harking
2468
us on, had an inspiration. "You see the rubies of
2469
Cipango!"
2470
2471
It is not alone "great" men who bring about things in
2472
this world. All of us are in a measure great, as all are on
2473
the way to greater greatness. Sailors are brave and hardy
2474
men; that is said when it is said that they are sailors. In
2475
many hearts hung dread of this voyage and rebellion against
2476
being forced to it. But they had not to be lashed to the
2477
boats; they went with sailors' careless air and dignity. By
2478
far the most went thus. Even Fernando ceased his wailing
2479
and embarked. The red light, or for danger or for rubies in
2480
which still might be danger, washed us all, washed the town,
2481
the folk and the sandy shore, and the boats that would take
2482
us out to the ships, small in themselves, and small by distance,
2483
riding there in the river-mouth like toys that have been
2484
made for children.
2485
2486
The hundred and twenty entered the boats. It was like a
2487
little fishing fleet going out together. The rowers bent to
2488
the oars, a strip of water widened between us and Spain.
2489
Loud chanted the friars, but over their voices rose the crying
2490
of farewell, now deep, now shrill. "_Adios!_" The
2491
sailors cried back, "Adios! Adios!" From the land it
2492
must have had a thin sound like ghosts wailing from the
2493
edge of the world. That, the sailors held and Palos held,
2494
was where the ships were going, over the edge of the world.
2495
It was the third day of August, in the year fourteen hundred
2496
and ninety-two.
2497
2498
2499
2500
CHAPTER X
2501
2502
PALOS vanished, we lost the headland of La Rabida, a
2503
haze hid Spain. By nightfall all was behind us. We
2504
were set forth from native land, set forth from Europe,
2505
set forth from Christendom, set forth from sea company
2506
and sailors' cheer of other ships. That last would not be
2507
wholly true until we were gone from the Canaries, toward
2508
which islands, running south, we now were headed. We
2509
might hail some Spanish ship going to, coming from, Grand
2510
Canary. We might indeed, before we reached these islands,
2511
see other sails, for a rumor ran that the King of Portugal
2512
was sending ships to intercept us, sink us and none ever be
2513
the wiser, it not being to his interest that Spain should
2514
make discoveries! Pedro it was who put this into my ear
2515
as we hauled at the same rope. I laughed. "Here beginneth
2516
the marvelous tale of this voyage! If all happens that all
2517
say may happen, not the Pope's library can hold the books!"
2518
2519
The _Santa Maria_ was a good enough ship, though fifty
2520
men crowded it. It was new and clean, a fair sailer, though
2521
not so swift as the Pinta. We mariners settled ourselves
2522
in waist and forecastle. The Admiral, Juan de la Cosa, the
2523
master, Roderigo Sanchez, Diego de Arana and Roderigo
2524
de Escobedo, Pedro Gutierrez, a private adventurer, the physician
2525
Bernardo Nunez and Fray Ignatio had great cabin
2526
and certain small sleeping cabins and poop deck. In the
2527
forecastle almost all knew one another; all ran into kinships
2528
near or remote. But the turn of character made the
2529
real grouping. Pedro had his cluster and Sancho had his, and
2530
between swayed now to the one and now to the other a
2531
large group. Fernando, I feel gladness in saying, had with
2532
him but two or three. And aside stood variations, individuals.
2533
Beltran the cook was such an one, a bold, mirthful,
2534
likable man. We had several dry thinkers, and a braggart
2535
and two or three who proved miserably villainous. We
2536
had weathercocks and men who faced forward, no matter
2537
what the wind that blew.
2538
2539
The Admiral knew well that he must have, if he could, a
2540
ship patient, contented and hopeful. I bear him witness
2541
that he spared no pains.
2542
2543
We had aboard trumpet and drum and viol, and he
2544
would have frequent music. Each day toward evening each
2545
man was given a cup of wine. And before sunset all were
2546
gathered for vesper service, and we sang _Salve Regina_. At
2547
night the great familiar stars shone out above us.
2548
2549
Second day passed much like first,--light fickle wind,
2550
flapping sails, smooth sea, cloudless sky. To-day beheld
2551
sea life after shore grown habitual. We might have sailed
2552
from Marseilles or Genoa and been sailing for a month. If
2553
this were all, then no more terror from the Sea of Darkness
2554
than from our own so well-known sea! But Fernando
2555
said, "It is after the Canaries! We know well enough it
2556
is not so bad this side of them. Why do they call them Dog
2557
Islands?"
2558
2559
"Perhaps they found dogs there."
2560
2561
"No, but that they give warning like watchdogs! `If
2562
you go any further it shall be to your woe!' "
2563
2564
"Aye, aye! Have you heard tell of the spouting mountain?"
2565
2566
This night the wind came up and by morning was blowing
2567
stiffly, urging us landward as though back to Spain.
2568
The sky became leaden, with a great stormy aspect. The
2569
waves mounted, the lookout cried that the _Pinta_ was showing
2570
signals of distress. By now all had shortened sail, but
2571
the Pinta was taking in everything and presently lay under
2572
bare poles. The Santa Maria worked toward her until we
2573
were close by. They shouted and we back to them. It was
2574
her rudder that was unshipped and injured. Captain Martin
2575
Pinzon shouted that he would overcome it, binding it
2576
somehow in place, and would overtake us, the _Pinta_ being
2577
faster sailer than the Santa Maria or the Nina. But the
2578
Admiral would not agree, and we took in all sail and lay
2579
tossed by a rough sea until afternoon when the Pinta
2580
signaled that the rudder was hung. But by now the sky
2581
stretched straight lead, and the water ran white-capped.
2582
We made no way till morning, when without a drop of rain
2583
all the cloud roof was driven landward and there sprang
2584
out a sky so blue that the heart laughed for joy. The
2585
violent wind sank, then veered and blowing moderately
2586
carried us again southward. All the white sails, white and
2587
new, were flung out, and we raced over a rich, green plain.
2588
That lasted through most of the day, but an hour before
2589
sunset the _Pinta_ again signaled trouble. The rudder was
2590
once more worse than useless.
2591
2592
Again it was mended. But when the next morning it
2593
happened the third time and a kind of wailing grumble
2594
went through the Santa Maria, there came pronouncement
2595
from the Admiral. "The Canaries lie straight ahead. In
2596
two days we shall sight them. Very good! we shall rest
2597
there and make a new rudder for the _Pinta_. The Nina will
2598
do better with square sails and we can change these.
2599
Fresh meat and water and some rambling ashore!"
2600
2601
Beltran the cook had been to the Canaries, driven there
2602
by a perverse wind twenty years ago when he was boatswain
2603
upon a big carrack. He said it was no great way and one
2604
or two agreed with him, but others declined to believe the
2605
Admiral when he said that in two days we should behold
2606
the volcano. Some were found to clamor that the wind had
2607
driven us out of all reckoning! We might never find the
2608
Canaries and then what would the _Pinta_ do? Whereas, if
2609
we all turned back to Palos--
2610
2611
"If--if!" answered Beltran the cook, who at first
2612
seemed strangely and humorously there as cook until one
2613
found that he had an injured leg and could not climb mast
2614
nor manage sail. " `If' is a seaman without a ship!--
2615
He's a famous navigator."
2616
2617
"Martin Pinzon?"
2618
2619
"Him too. But I meant our Admiral."
2620
2621
"He hasn't had a ship for years!"
2622
2623
"He was of the best when he had one! I've heard old
2624
Captain Ruy tell--"
2625
2626
"Maybe he wasn't crazy in those days, but he's crazy
2627
now!"
2628
2629
That was Fernando. I think it was from him that certain
2630
of the crew took the word "crazy." They used it
2631
until one would think that for pure variety's sake they
2632
would find another!
2633
2634
The sixth day from Palos there lifted from sea the peak
2635
of Teneriffe.
2636
2637
This day, passing on some errand the open door of the
2638
great cabin, I saw the Admiral seated at the table. Looking
2639
up, he saw me, gazed an instant, then lifted his voice.
2640
Come in here!"
2641
2642
He sat with a great chart spread upon the table before
2643
him. Beside it the log lay open, and he had under his hand
2644
a book in which he was writing. Door framed blue sky
2645
and sea, a pleasant wind was singing in a pleasant warmth,
2646
the great cabin which, with the rest of the ship, he made
2647
to be kept very clean, was awash with light and fineness of
2648
air. "Would you like to look at the chart?" he asked, and I
2649
came and looked over his shoulder.
2650
2651
"I made it," he said. "There is nothing in the world
2652
more useful than knowing how to make maps and charts!
2653
While I waited for Kings to make up their minds I earned
2654
my living so." I glanced at the log and he pushed it to me
2655
so that I might see. "Every day from Palos out." His
2656
strong fingers touched the other book. "My journal that
2657
I keep for myself and the Queen and King Ferdinand and
2658
indeed for the world." He turned the leaves. The bulk of
2659
them were blank, but in the front showed closely covered
2660
pages, the writing not large but clear and strong. "This
2661
voyage, you see, changeth our world! Once in Venice I heard
2662
a scholar learned in the Greek tell of an old voyage of a
2663
ship called _Argo_, whence its captain and crew were named
2664
Argonauts, and he said that it was of all voyages most
2665
famous with the ancients. This is like that, but probably
2666
greater." He turned the pages. "I shall do it in the manner
2667
of Caesar his Commentaries."
2668
2669
He knew himself, I thought, for as great a man as Caesar.
2670
All said, his book might be as prized in some unentered
2671
future. He did not move where time is as a film, but where
2672
time is deep, a thousand years as a day. He could not see
2673
there in detail any more than we could see tree and house
2674
in those Canaries upon which we were bearing down.
2675
2676
I said, "Now that printing is general, it may go into far
2677
lands and into multitude of hands and heads. Many a voyager
2678
to come may study it."
2679
2680
He drew deep breath. "It is the very truth! Prince
2681
Henry the Navigator. Christopherus Columbus the Navigator,
2682
and greater than the first--"
2683
2684
Sun shone, wind sang, blue sea danced beyond the door.
2685
Came from deck Roderigo Sanchez and Diego de Arana.
2686
The Admiral made me a gesture of dismissal.
2687
2688
The Canaries and we drew together. Great bands of
2689
cloud hid much of the higher land, but the volcano top came
2690
clear above cloud, standing bare and solemn against blue
2691
heaven. Leaving upon our right Grand Canary we stood for
2692
the island of Gomera. Here we found deep, clear water
2693
close to shore, a narrow strand, a small Spanish fort and
2694
beginnings of a village, and inland, up ravines clad with a
2695
strange, leafless bush, plentiful huts of the conquered
2696
Guanches. Our three ships came to anchor, and the Admiral
2697
went ashore, the captains of the _Pinta_ and the Nina following.
2698
Juan Lepe was among the rowers.
2699
2700
The Spanish commandant came down to beach with an
2701
armed escort. The Admiral, walking alone, met him between
2702
sea and bright green trees, and here stood the two
2703
and conversed while we watched. The Admiral showed him
2704
letters of credence. The commandant took and read, handed
2705
them back with a bow, and coming to water edge had presented
2706
to him the two captains, Martin and Vicente Pinzon.
2707
He proved a cheery old veteran of old wars, relieved that
2708
we were not Portuguese nor pirates and happy to have late
2709
news from Spain. It seemed that he had learned from a
2710
supply ship in June that the expedition was afoot.
2711
2712
The _Santa Maria_ and the Nina rode close in shore. Captain
2713
Martin Pinzon beached the Pinta and unshipped the
2714
hurt and useless rudder. Work upon a new one began at
2715
once. The Admiral, the two captains and those of rank upon
2716
the ships supped with the commandant at his quite goodly
2717
house, and the next day he and his officers dined aboard the
2718
Santa Maria. The Admiral liked him much for he was more
2719
than respectful toward this voyage. A year before, bathing
2720
one day in the surf, there had come floating to his hand a
2721
great gourd. None such grew anywhere in these islands,
2722
and the wind for days had come steadily from the west. The
2723
gourd had a kind of pattern cut around it. He showed it to
2724
the Admiral and afterwards gave it to him. The latter
2725
caused it to pass from hand to hand among the seamen. I
2726
had it in my hands and truly saw no reason why it might
2727
not have been cut by some native of the West, and, carried
2728
away by the tide or dropped perchance from a boat, have at
2729
last, after long time, come into hands not Indian. Asia tossing
2730
unthinkingly a ball which Europe caught.
2731
2732
The _Pinta_ proved in worse plight than was at first thought.
2733
The Nina also found this or that to do besides squaring her
2734
Levant sails. We stayed in Gomera almost three weeks.
2735
The place was novel, the day's task not hard, the Admiral
2736
and his captains complaisant. We had leisure and island
2737
company. To many it was happiness enough. While we
2738
stopped at Gornera we were at least not drifting upon lodestone,
2739
equator fire and chaos!
2740
2741
Here on Gomera might be studied the three Pinzon brothers.
2742
Vicente was a good, courageous captain, Francisco a
2743
good pilot, and a courageous, seldom-speaking man. But
2744
Martin Alonso, the eldest, was the prime mover in all their
2745
affairs. He was skillful navigator like his brothers and
2746
courageous like them, but not silent like Francisco, and
2747
ambitious far above either. He would have said perhaps that
2748
had he not been so, been both ambitious and shrewd, the
2749
Pinzons would never have become principal ship-owning,
2750
trading and maritime family of Palos and three leagues
2751
around. He, too, had family fortunes and aggrandizement
2752
at heart, though hardly on the grand, imperial scale of the
2753
Admiral. He had much manly beauty, daring and strength.
2754
His two brothers worshipped him, and in most places and
2755
moments his crew would follow him with a cheer. The
2756
Admiral was bound to him, not only in that he had volunteered
2757
and made others to go willingly, but that he had
2758
put in his ship, the _Nina_, and had furnished Master Christopherus
2759
with monies. That eighth of the cost of the expedition,
2760
whence else could it come? If it tied Martin Pinzon to
2761
the Admiral, seeing that only through success could those
2762
monies be repaid, it likewise made him feel that he, too, had
2763
authority, was at liberty to advise, and at need to become
2764
critical.
2765
2766
But the Admiral had the great man's mark. He could acknowledge
2767
service and be quite simply and deeply grateful
2768
for it. He was grateful to Martin Pinzon who had aided him
2769
from his first coming to Palos, and also I think he loved
2770
the younger man's great blond strength and beauty. He
2771
had all of Italy's quickness to beauty, be it of land or sea,
2772
forest, flower, animal or man. But now and again, even
2773
so early as this, he must put out hand to check Pinzon's
2774
impetuous advice. His brows drew together above gray eyes
2775
and eagle nose. But for the most part, on Gomera, they
2776
were very friendly, and it was a sight to see Admiral and
2777
captains and all the privileged of the expedition sit at wine
2778
with the commandant.
2779
2780
Juan Lepe had no quarrel with any of them. Jayme de
2781
Marchena swept this voyage into the Great Voyage.
2782
2783
The _Pinta_ was nearly ready when there arrived
2784
a small ship from Ferro bringing news that three
2785
large Portuguese ships had sailed by that island. Said
2786
the commandant, "Spain and Portugal are at peace. They
2787
would not dare to try to oust us!" He came to waterside
2788
to talk to the Admiral. "Not to fight you," said the Admiral,
2789
"but me! King John wishes to keep India, Cipango
2790
and Cathay still veiled. So he will get time in which to have
2791
from the Holy Father another bull that will place the Portuguese
2792
line west and west until he hath the whole!" He
2793
raised his hand and let it fall. "I cannot sail to-morrow,
2794
but I will sail the day after!"
2795
2796
We were put to hard labor for the rest of that day, and
2797
through much of the moonlit night. By early morning again
2798
we labored. At mid-afternoon all was done. The _Pinta_,
2799
right from stem to stern, rode the blue water; the Nina had
2800
her great square sails. The Guanches stored for us fresh
2801
provisions and rolled down and into ship our water casks.
2802
There was a great moon, and we would stand off in the night.
2803
Nothing more had been seen of the Portuguese ships, but
2804
we were ready to go and go we should. All being done,
2805
and the sun two hours high, we mariners had leave to rest
2806
ashore under trees who might not for very long again see
2807
land or trees.
2808
2809
There was a grove that led to a stream and the waterfall
2810
where we had filled the casks. I walked through this alone.
2811
The place lay utterly still save for the murmuring of the
2812
water and the singing of a small yellowish bird that abounds
2813
in these islands. At the end of an aisle of trees shone the
2814
sea, blue and calm as a sapphire of heaven. I lay down
2815
upon the earth by the water.
2816
2817
Finding of India and rounding the earth! We seemed
2818
poor, weak men, but the thing was great, and I suppose the
2819
doers of a great thing are great. East--west! Going west
2820
and yet east.--The Jew in me had come from Palestine,
2821
and to Palestine perhaps from Arabia, and to Arabia--who
2822
knew?--perhaps from that India! And much of the Spaniard
2823
had come from Carthage and from Phoenicia, old Tyre
2824
and Sidon, and Tyre and Sidon again from the east. From
2825
the east and to the east again. All our Age that with all
2826
lacks was yet a stirring one with a sense of dawn and sunrise
2827
and distant trumpets, now was going east, was going
2828
Home, going east by the west road. West is home and East
2829
is home, and North and South. Knowledge extendeth and
2830
the world above is fed.
2831
2832
The sun made a lane of scarlet and gold across Ocean-
2833
Sea. I wondered what temples, what towns, what spice ships
2834
at strange wharfs might lie under it afar. I wondered if
2835
there did dwell Prester John and if he would step down to
2836
give us welcome. The torrent of event strikes us day and
2837
night, all the hours, all the moments. Who can tell with
2838
distinctness color and shape in that descending stream?
2839
2840
2841
2842
CHAPTER XI
2843
2844
AN hour after moonrise we were gone from Gomera.
2845
At first a light wind filled the sails, but when the
2846
round moon went down in the west and the sun rose,
2847
there was Teneriffe still at hand, and the sea glassy. It
2848
rested like a mirror all that day, and the sails hung empty
2849
and the banner at maintop but a moveless wisp of cloth.
2850
In the night arose a contrary wind, and another red dawn
2851
showed us Teneriffe still. The wind dropping like a shot,
2852
we hung off Ferro, fixed in blue glass. Watch was kept
2853
for the Portuguese, but they also would be rooted to sea
2854
bottom. The third morning up whistled the wind, blowing
2855
from Africa and filling every sail.
2856
2857
Palos to the Canaries, we had sailed south. Now for long,
2858
long days the sun rose right aft, and when it set dyed with
2859
red brow and eyes and cheek and breast of the carved
2860
woman at our prow. She wore a great crown, and she
2861
looked ever with wide eyes upon the west that we chased.
2862
Straight west over Ocean-Sea, the first men, the first ships!
2863
If ever there had been others, our world knew it not. The
2864
Canaries sank into the east. Turn on heel around one's self,
2865
and mark never a start of land to break the rim of the vast
2866
sea bowl! Never a sail save those above us of the _Santa
2867
Maria_, or starboard or larboard, the Pinta and the Nina.
2868
The loneliness was vast and utter. We might fail here, sink
2869
here, die here, and indeed fail and sink and die alone!
2870
2871
Two seamen lay sick in their beds, and the third day
2872
from Gomera the Santa Maria's physician, Bernardo Nunez,
2873
was seized with the same malady. At first Fray Ignatio
2874
tried to take his place, but here the monk lacked knowledge.
2875
One of the sailors died, a ship boy sickened, and the
2876
physician's fever increased upon him. Diego de Arana began
2877
to fail. The ship's master came at supper time and looked
2878
us over. "Is there any here who has any leechcraft?"
2879
2880
Beltran the cook said, "I can set a bone and wash a
2881
wound; but it ends there!"
2882
2883
Cried Fernando from his corner. "Is the plague among
2884
us!" The master turned on him. "Here and now, I say
2885
five lashes for the man who says that word again! Has any
2886
man here sense about a plain fever?"
2887
2888
None else speaking, I said that long ago I had studied
2889
for a time with a leech, and that I was somewhat used to
2890
care of the sick. "Then you are my man!" quoth the
2891
master, and forthwith took me to the Admiral. I became
2892
Juan Lepe, the physician.
2893
2894
It was, I held, a fever received while wandering through
2895
the ravines and woods of Gomera. Master Bernardo had
2896
in his cabin drugs and tinctures, and we breathed now all
2897
the salt of Ocean-Sea, and the ship was clean. I talked
2898
to Beltran the cook about diet, and I chose Sancho and a
2899
man that I liked, one Luis Torres, for nurses. Two others
2900
sickened this night, and one the next day, but none afterward.
2901
None died; in ten days all were recovered. Other
2902
ailments aboard I doctored also. Don Diego de Arana was
2903
subject to fits of melancholy with twitchings of the body. I
2904
had watched Isaac the Physician cure such things as this,
2905
and now I followed instruction. I put my hands upon the
2906
patient and I strengthened his will with mine, sending into
2907
him desire for health and perception of health. His inner
2908
man caught tune. The melancholy left him and did not
2909
return. Master Bernardo threw off the fever, sat up and
2910
moved about. But he was still weak, and still I tended the
2911
others for him.
2912
2913
The _Pinta_ had signaled four men ill. But Garcia Fernandez,
2914
the Palos physician, was there with Martin Pinzon,
2915
and the sick recovered. The Nina had no doctor and now
2916
she came near to the Santa Maria and sent a boat. She had
2917
five sick men and would borrow Bernardo Nunez.
2918
2919
The Admiral spoke with Nunez, now nearly well. Then
2920
the physician made a bundle of drugs and medicaments, said
2921
farewell to all and kindly enough to me, and rowed away to
2922
the _Nina_. He was a friend of the Pinzons, and above the
2923
vanity of the greater ship. The sick upon the Nina prospered
2924
under him.
2925
2926
But Juan Lepe was taken from the forecastle, and slept
2927
where Nunez had slept, and had his place at the table in the
2928
great cabin. He turned from the sailor Juan Lepe to the
2929
physician Juan Lepe, becoming "Doctor" and "Senor."
2930
The wheel turns and a man's past makes his present.
2931
2932
A few days from Gomera, an hour after sunset, the night
2933
was torn by the hugest, flaming, falling star that any of us
2934
had ever seen. The mass drove down the lower skirt of the
2935
sky, leaving behind it a wake of fire. It plunged into the
2936
sea. There is no sailor but knows shooting stars. But this
2937
was a hugely great one, and Ocean-Sea very lonely, and to
2938
most there our errand a spectral and frightening one. It
2939
needed both the Admiral and Fray Ignatio to quell the panic.
2940
2941
The next day a great bird like a crane passed over the
2942
_Santa Maria_. It came from Africa, behind us. But it spoke
2943
of land, and the sailors gazed wistfully.
2944
2945
This day I entered the great cabin when none was there
2946
but the Admiral, and again he sat at table with his charts
2947
and his books. He asked of the sick and I answered.
2948
Again he sat looking through open door and window at blue
2949
water, a great figure of a man with a great head and face
2950
and early-silvered hair. "Do you know aught," he asked,
2951
"of astrology?"
2952
2953
I answered that I knew a little of the surface of it.
2954
2955
"I have a sense," he said, "that our stars are akin, yours
2956
and mine. I felt it the day Granada fell, and I felt it on
2957
Cordova road, and again that day below La Rabida when
2958
we turned the corner and the bells rang and you stood beside
2959
the vineyard wall. Should I not have learned in more
2960
than fifty years to know a man? The stars are akin that
2961
will endure for vision's sake."
2962
2963
I said, "I believe that, my Admiral."
2964
2965
He sat in silence for a moment, then drew the log between
2966
us and turned several pages so that I might see
2967
the reckoning. "We have come well," I said. "Yet with
2968
so fair a wind, I should have thought--"
2969
2970
He turned the leaves till he rested at one covered with
2971
other figures. "Here it is as it truly is, and where we
2972
truly are! We have oversailed all that the first show, and
2973
so many leagues besides."
2974
2975
"Two records, true and untrue! Why do you do it so?"
2976
2977
"I have told them that after seven hundred leagues we
2978
should find land. Add fifty more for our general imperfection.
2979
But it may be wider than I think. We may not
2980
come even to some fringing island in eight hundred leagues,
2981
no, nor in more than that! If it be a thousand, if it be two
2982
thousand, on I go! But after the seven hundred is passed,
2983
it will be hard to keep them in hand. So, though we are
2984
covering more, I let them think we are covering only this."
2985
2986
I could but laugh. Two reckonings! After all, he was
2987
not Italian for nothing!
2988
2989
"The master knows," he said, "and also Diego de Arana.
2990
But at least one other should know. Two might drown or
2991
perish from sickness. I myself might fall sick and die,
2992
though I will not believe it!" He paused a moment, then
2993
said, looking directly at me, "I need one in whom I can
2994
utterly confide. I should have had with me my brother
2995
Bartholomew. But he is in England. A man going to seek
2996
a Crown jewel for all men should have with him son or
2997
brother. Diego de Arana is a kinsman of one whom I
2998
love, and he partly believes. But Roderigo Sanchez and the
2999
others believe hardly at all. There is Fray Ignatio. He
3000
believes, and I confess my sins to him. But he thinks only
3001
of penitents, and this matter needs mind, not heart alone.
3002
Because of that sense of the stars, I tell you these things."
3003
3004
The next day it came to me that in that Journal which
3005
he meant to make like Caesar's Commentaries, he might put
3006
down the change in the _Santa Maria's_ physicians and set my
3007
name there too often. I watched my chance and finding it,
3008
asked that he name me not in that book. His gray eyes
3009
rested upon me; he demanded the reason for that. I said that
3010
in Spain I was in danger, and that Juan Lepe was not my
3011
name. More than that I did not wish to say, and perchance
3012
it were wiser for him not to know. But I would not that the
3013
powerful should mark me in his Journal or elsewhere!
3014
3015
Usually his eyes were wide and filled with light as
3016
though it were sent into them from the vast lands that he
3017
continuously saw. But he could be immediate captain and
3018
commander of things and of men, and when that was so,
3019
the light drew into a point, and he became eagle that sees
3020
through the wave the fish. Had he been the seer alone,
3021
truly he might have been the seer of what was to be discovered
3022
and might have set others upon the path. But he
3023
would not have sailed on the _Santa Maria_!
3024
3025
In his many years at sea he must many times have met
3026
men who had put to sea out of fear of land. He would
3027
have sailed with many whose names, he knew, were not
3028
those given them at birth. He must have learned to take reasons
3029
for granted and to go on--where he wished to go on.
3030
So we gazed at each other.
3031
3032
"I had written down," he said, "that you greatly helped
3033
the sick, and upon Bernardo Nunez's going to the _Nina_, became
3034
our physician. But I will write no more of you, and
3035
that written will pass in the flood of things to come." After
3036
a moment, he ended with deliberation, "I know my star to
3037
be a great star, burning long and now with a mounting
3038
flame. If yours is in any wise its kin, then there needs must
3039
be histories."
3040
3041
3042
3043
CHAPTER XII
3044
3045
IT was a strange thing how utterly favoring now was the
3046
wind! It blew with a great steady push always from
3047
the east, and always we ran before it into the west.
3048
Day after day we experienced this warm and steadfast driving;
3049
day after day we never shifted sail. The rigging sang
3050
a steady song, day and night. The crowned woman, our
3051
figurehead, ran, light-footed, over a green and blue plain,
3052
and where the plain ended no man might know! "Perhaps
3053
it does not end!" said the mariners.
3054
3055
Of the hidalgos aboard I like best Diego de Arana who
3056
had cast off his melancholy. He was a man of sense, candid
3057
and brave. Roderigo Sanchez sat and moved a dull, good
3058
man. Roderigo de Escobedo had courage, but he was factious,
3059
would take sides against his shadow if none other
3060
were there. Pedro Gutierrez had been a courtier, and had
3061
the vices of that life, together with a daredevil recklessness
3062
and a kind of wild wit. I had liking and admiration for
3063
Fray Ignatio, but careful indeed was I when I spoke with
3064
him!
3065
3066
The wind blew unchanging, the stark blue shield of sea, a
3067
water-world, must be taken in the whole, for there was no
3068
contrasting point in it to catch the eye. Sancho, forward,
3069
in a high sweet voice like a jongleur's voice, was singing to
3070
the men an endless ballad. Upon the poop deck Escobedo
3071
and Gutierrez, having diced themselves to an even wealth
3072
or poverty, turned to further examination of the Admiral's
3073
ways. Endlessly they made him and his views subject of
3074
talk. Roderigo Sanchez listened with a face like an owl,
3075
Diego de Arana with some irony about his lips. I came and
3076
stood beside the latter.
3077
3078
They were upon the beggary of Christopherus Columbus.
3079
"How did the Prior of La Rabida--?"
3080
3081
"I'll tell you, for I heard it. One evening at vesper
3082
bell comes our Admiral--no less a man!--to Priory gate
3083
with a young boy in his hand. Not Fernando his love-child,
3084
but Diego the elder, who was born in Lisbon. All dusty
3085
with the road, like any beggar you see, and not much better
3086
clad, foot-sore and begging bread for himself and the boy.
3087
And because of his white hair, and because he carried himself
3088
in that absurd way that makes the undiscerning cry,
3089
`Ah, my lord king in disguise!' the porter must have him
3090
in, and by and by comes the prior and stands to talk with
3091
him, `From where?' `From Cordova.' `Whither?' `To
3092
Portugal.' `For why?' `To speak again with King John!'
3093
`Are you in the habit of speaking with kings?' `Aye, I
3094
am!' `About what, may I ask?' `About the finding of
3095
India by way of Ocean-Sea, the possession of idolatrous
3096
countries and the great wealth thereof, and the taking of
3097
Christ to the heathen who else are lost!' "
3098
3099
"Ha, ha! Ha, ha!" This was Escobedo.
3100
3101
"The prior thinks, `This is an interesting madman.' And
3102
being a charitable good man and lacking entertainment that
3103
evening, he brings the beggar in to supper and sits by him."
3104
3105
Roderigo Sanchez opened his mouth. "All Andalusia
3106
knows Fray Juan Perez is a kind of visionary!"
3107
3108
"Aye, like to like! `Have you been to our Queen and
3109
the King? ' `Aye, I have!' saith the beggar, `but they are
3110
warring with the Moors and will pull Granada down and
3111
do not see the greater glory!' "
3112
3113
All laughed at that, and indeed Gutierrez could mimic to
3114
perfection. We got, full measure, the beggar's loftiness.
3115
3116
"So the siren sings and the prior leaps to meet her, or
3117
tarantula stings him and be dances! `I am growing mad
3118
too,' thinks Fray Juan Perez, and begins presently to tell
3119
that last week he dreamed of Prester John. The end is
3120
that he and the beggar talk till midnight and the next morning
3121
they talk again, and the prior sends for his friends
3122
Captain Martin Alonzo Pinzon and the physician Garcia
3123
Fernandez. The beggar gains them all!"
3124
3125
"Do you think a beggar can do that?" I said. "Only a
3126
giver can do that."
3127
3128
Pedro Gutierrez turned black eyes upon Juan Lepe, whom
3129
he resented there on the poop deck. "How could you have
3130
learned so much, Doctor, while you were making sail and
3131
washing ship?" He was my younger in every way, and I
3132
answered equably, "I learned in the same way that the Admiral
3133
learned while he begged."
3134
3135
"Touched!" said Diego de Arana. "So that is the way
3136
the prior came into the business?"
3137
3138
"He enters with such vigor," said Gutierrez, "that what
3139
does he do but write an impassioned letter to the Queen,
3140
having long ago, for a time, been her confessor? What he
3141
tells her, God knows, but it seems that it changes the world!
3142
She answers that for herself she hath grieved for Master
3143
Columbus's departure from the court and the realm, and
3144
that if he will turn and come to Santa Fe, his propositions
3145
shall at last be thoroughly weighed. Letter finds the beggar
3146
with his boy honored guest of La Rabida, touching heads
3147
with Martin Pinzon over maps and charts and the `Book
3148
of Travels' of Messer Marco Polo. There is great joy!
3149
The beggar hath the prior's own mule and his son a jennet,
3150
and here we go to Santa Fe! That was last year. Now the
3151
boy that whimpered for bread at convent gate is Don Diego
3152
Colon, page to Prince Juan, and the Viceroy sails on the
3153
_Santa Maria_ for the countries he will administer!"
3154
3155
Gutierrez shook the dice in the box. "Oh, Queen Luck,
3156
that I have served for so long! Why do you not make me
3157
viceroy?"
3158
3159
Said Escobedo, "Viceroy of the continent of water and
3160
Admiral of seaweed and fishes!"
3161
3162
Diego de Arana took that up. "We are obliged to find
3163
something! No sensible man can think like some of those
3164
forward that this goes on forever and we shall sail till the
3165
wood rots and sails grow ragged and wind carries away their
3166
shreds or they fall into dust!"
3167
3168
"Who knows anything of River-Ocean? We may not
3169
find the western shore, if there be such a thing, for a year!
3170
By that time storm will sink us ten times over, or plague
3171
will take us--"
3172
3173
"There's not needed plague nor storm. Just say, food
3174
won't last, and water is already half gone!"
3175
3176
"That's the undeniable truth," quoth Roderigo Sanchez,
3177
and looked with a perturbed face at the too-smooth sea.
3178
3179
Smooth blue sea continued, wind continued, pushing like
3180
a great, warm hand, east to west. The Admiral spent hours
3181
alone in his sleeping cabin. There were men who said that
3182
he studied there a great book of magic. He had often a
3183
book in his hand, it is true, but Juan Lepe the physician
3184
knew what he strove to keep from others, that the gout that
3185
at times threatened crippling was upon him and was easier
3186
to bear lying down.
3187
3188
Sunset, vesper prayer and _Salve Regina_. As the strains
3189
died, there became evident a lingering on the part of the
3190
seamen. The master spoke to the Admiral. "They've found
3191
out about the needle, sir! Perhaps you'd better hear them
3192
and answer them."
3193
3194
Almost every day he heard them and answered them.
3195
To make his seamen, however they groaned and grumbled
3196
and plotted, yet abide him and his purpose was a day-after-day arising task! Now he said equably, in the
3197
tone almost
3198
of a father, "What is it to-day, men?"
3199
3200
The throng worked and put forward a spokesman, who
3201
looked from the Admiral to the clear north. "It is the star,
3202
sir! The needle no longer points to it! We thought you
3203
might explain to us unlearned--What we think is that distance
3204
is going to widen and widen! What's to keep needle
3205
from swinging right south? Then will we never get home
3206
to Palos and our wives and children--never and never and
3207
never!"
3208
3209
Said the Admiral, "It will not change further, or if it
3210
does a very little further!" In his most decisive, most convincing
3211
voice he explained why the needle no longer pointed
3212
precisely to the star. The deviation marked and allowed
3213
for, it was near enough for practical purposes, and the
3214
reasons for the wandering--
3215
3216
I do not know if the wisdom of our descendants will confirm
3217
his explanation. It is so often to explain the explanation!
3218
But one as well as another might do here. What
3219
the _Santa Maria_ wanted was reassurance, general and large,
3220
stretching from the Canaries to India and Cathay and back
3221
again. He knew that, and after no great time spent with
3222
compass needle and circularly traveling polar star, he began
3223
to talk gold and estate, and the pearls and silk and spices
3224
they would surely take for gifts to their family and neighbors,
3225
Palos or Huelva or Fishertown!
3226
3227
It was truly the hope that upheld many on a voyage that
3228
they chose to think a witches' one. He talked now out of
3229
Marco Polo and he clad what that traveler had said in more
3230
gorgeous attire. He meant nothing false; his exalted imagination
3231
saw it so. He was painter of great pageants, heightening
3232
and remodeling, deepening and purifying colors, making
3233
humdrum and workaday over to his heart's desire. The
3234
Venetian in his book, and other travelers in their books, had
3235
related wonders enough. These grew with him, it might be
3236
said--and indeed in his lifetime was often said--into
3237
wonders without a foot upon earth. But if one took as
3238
figures and symbols his gold roofs and platters, temples and
3239
gardens, every man a merchant in silks and spices, strange
3240
fruit-dropping trees and pearls in carcanets, the Grand Khan
3241
and Prester John--who could say that in the long, patient
3242
life of Time the Admiral was over-esteeming? The pity
3243
of it was that most here could not live in great lengths of
3244
time. They wanted riches now, now! And they wanted
3245
only one kind of riches; here and now, or at the most in
3246
another month, in the hands and laps of Pedro and Fernando
3247
and Diego.
3248
3249
3250
3251
CHAPTER XIII
3252
3253
THERE grew at times an excited feeling that he was a
3254
prophet, and that there were fabulously great things
3255
before us. As I doctored some small ill one day in
3256
the forecastle, a great fellow named Francisco from Huelva
3257
would tell me his dream of the night before. He had already
3258
told it, it seemed, to all who would listen, and now again he
3259
had considerable audience, crowding at the door. He said
3260
that he dreamed he was in Cipango. At first he thought it
3261
was heaven, but when he saw golden roofs he knew it must
3262
be Cipango, for in heaven where it never rained and there
3263
were no nights, we shouldn't need roofs. One interrupted,
3264
"We'd need them to keep the flying angels from looking
3265
in!"
3266
3267
"It was Cipango," persisted Francisco, "for the Emperor
3268
himself came and gave me a rope of pearls. There were
3269
five thousand of them, and each would buy a house or a
3270
fine horse or a suit of velvet. And the Emperor took me by
3271
the hand, and he said, `Dear Brother--' You might have
3272
thought I was a king--and by the mass, I was a king!
3273
I felt it right away! And then he took me into a garden,
3274
and there were three beautiful women, and one of them
3275
would push me to the other, and that one to the third, and
3276
that to the first again, as though they were playing ball,
3277
and they all laughed, and I laughed. Then there came a
3278
great person with five crowns on his head, and all the light
3279
blazed up gold and blue, and somebody said, `It's Prester
3280
John'!"
3281
3282
His dream kept a two-days' serenity upon the ship. It
3283
came to the ear of the Admiral, who said, " `In dreams will
3284
I instruct thee.'--I have had dreams far statelier than
3285
his."
3286
3287
Pedro Gutierrez too began to dream,--fantastic things
3288
which he told with an idle gusto. They were of wine and gold
3289
and women, though often these were to be guessed through
3290
strange, jumbled masks and phantasies. "Those are ill
3291
dreams," said the Admiral. "Dream straight and high!"
3292
Fray Ignatio, too, said wisely, "It is not always God who
3293
cometh in dreams!"
3294
3295
But the images of Gutierrez's dreams seemed to him to
3296
be seated in Cathay and India. They bred in him belief
3297
that he was coming to happiness by that sea road that
3298
glistered before us. He and Roderigo de Escobedo began
3299
to talk with assurance of what they should find. Having
3300
small knowledge of travelers' tales they made application
3301
to the Admiral who, nothing loth, answered them out of
3302
Marco Polo, Mandeville and Pedro de Aliaco.
3303
3304
But the ardor of his mind was such that he outwent his
3305
authors. Where the Venetian said "gold" the Genoese
3306
said "Much gold." Where the one saw powerful peoples
3307
with their own customs, courts, armies, temples, ships and
3308
trade, the other gave to these an unearthly tinge of splendor.
3309
Often as he sat in cabin or on deck, or rising paced to and
3310
fro, we who listened to his account, listened to poet and
3311
enthusiast speaking of earths to come. Besides books like
3312
those of Marco Polo and John Mandeville and the Bishop
3313
of Cambrai he had studied philosophers and the ancients and
3314
Scripture and the Fathers. He spoke unwaveringly of
3315
prophecies, explicit and many, of his voyage, and the rounding
3316
out of earth by him, Christopherus Columbus. More
3317
than once or twice, in the great cabin, beneath the swinging
3318
lantern, he repeated to us such passages, his voice making
3319
great poetry of old words. "Averroes saith--Albertus
3320
Magnus saith--Aristotle saith--Seneca saith--Saint Augustine
3321
saith--Esdras in his fourth book saith--" Salt air
3322
sweeping through seemed to fall into a deep, musical beat
3323
and rhythm. "After the council at Salamanca when great
3324
churchmen cried Irreligion and even Heresy upon me, I
3325
searched all Scripture and drew testimony together. In
3326
fifty, yea, in a hundred places it is plain! King David saith
3327
--job saith--Moses saith--Thus it reads in Genesis--"
3328
3329
Diego de Arana smote the table with his hand. "I am
3330
yours, senor, to find for the Lord!" Fray Ignatio lifted
3331
dark eyes. "I well believe that nothing happens but what is
3332
chosen! I will tell you that in my cell at La Rabida I heard
3333
a cry, `Come over, Ignatio the Franciscan!' "
3334
3335
And I, listening, thought, "Not perhaps that ancient
3336
spiritual singing of spiritual things! But in truth, yes, it
3337
is chosen. Did not the Whole of Me that I can so dimly
3338
feel set my foot upon this ship?" And going out on deck
3339
before I slept, I looked at the stars and thought that we
3340
were like the infant in the womb that knows not how nor
3341
where it is carried.
3342
3343
We might be four hundred leagues from Spain. Still
3344
the wind drove us, still we hardly shifted canvas, still the
3345
sky spread clear, of a vast blue depth, and the blue glass
3346
plain of the sea lay beneath. It was too smooth, the wind
3347
in our rigging too changeless of tune. At last, all would
3348
have had variety spring. There began a veritable hunger
3349
for some change, and it was possible to feel a faint horror.
3350
_What if this is the horror--to go on forever and ever like
3351
this_?
3352
3353
Then one morning when the sun rose, it lit a novel thing.
3354
Seaweed or grass or herbage of some sort was afloat about
3355
us. Far as the eye might reach it was like a drowned
3356
meadow, vari-colored, awash. All that day we watched it.
3357
It came toward us from the west; we ran through it from
3358
the east. Now it thinned away; now it thickened until it
3359
seemed that the sea was strewn with rushes like a castle
3360
floor. With oars we caught and brought into ship wreaths
3361
of it. All night we sailed in this strange plain. A yellow
3362
dawn showed it still on either side the _Santa Maria_, and
3363
thicker, with fewer blue sea straits and passes than on yesterday.
3364
The Pinta and the Nina stood out with a strange,
3365
enchanted look, as ships crossing a plain more vast than the
3366
plain of Andalusia. Still that floating weed thickened. The
3367
crowned woman at our prow pushed swathes of it to either
3368
side. Our mariners hung over rail, talking, talking. "What
3369
is it--and where will it end? Mayhap presently we can
3370
not plough it!"
3371
3372
I was again and again to admire how for forty years
3373
he had stored sea-knowledge. It was not only what those
3374
gray eyes had seen, or those rather large, well molded ears
3375
had heard, or that powerful and nervous hand had touched.
3376
But he knew how to take, right and left, knowledge that
3377
others gathered, as he knew that others took and would
3378
take what he gathered. He knew that knowledge flows.
3379
Now he stood and told that no less a man than Aristotle
3380
had recorded such a happening as this. Certain ships of
3381
Gades--that is our Cadiz--driven by a great wind far
3382
into River-Ocean, met these weeds or others like them,
3383
distant parents of these. They were like floating islands
3384
forever changing shape, and those old ships sailed among
3385
them for a while. They thought they must have broken
3386
from sea floor and risen to surface, and currents brought
3387
other masses from land. Tunny fish were caught among
3388
them.
3389
3390
And that very moment, as the endless possibilities of
3391
things would have it, one, leaning on the rail, cried out
3392
that there were tunnies. We all looked and saw them in a
3393
clear canal between two floating masses. It brought the
3394
Admiral credence. "Look you all!" he said, "how most
3395
things have been seen before!"
3396
3397
"But Father Aristotle's ship--Was he `Saint' or
3398
`Father'?"
3399
3400
"He was a heathen--he believed in Mahound."
3401
3402
"No, he lived before Mahound. He was a wise man--"
3403
3404
"But his ships turned back to Cadiz. They were afraid
3405
of this stuff--that's the point!"
3406
3407
"They turned back," said the Admiral. "And the splendor
3408
and the gold were kept for us."
3409
3410
A thicker carpet of the stuff brushed ship side. One of
3411
the boys cried, "Ho, there is a crab!" It sat indeed on a
3412
criss-cross of broken reeds, and it seemed to stare at us
3413
solemnly. "Do not all see that it came from land, and land
3414
to the west?"
3415
3416
"But it is caught here! What if we are caught here too?
3417
These weeds may stem us--turn great crab pincers and
3418
hold us till we rot!"
3419
3420
"If--and if--and if" cried the Admiral. "For
3421
Christ, His sake, laugh at yourselves!"
3422
3423
On, on, we went before that warm and potent wind, so
3424
steadfast that there must be controlling it some natural law.
3425
Ocean-Sea spread around, with that weed like a marsh at
3426
springtide. Then, suddenly, just as the murmuring faction
3427
was murmuring again, we cleared all that. Open sea, blue
3428
running ocean, endlessly endless!
3429
3430
The too-steady sunshine vanished. There broke a cloudy
3431
dawn followed by light rain. It ceased and the sky cleared.
3432
But in the north held a mist and a kind of semblance of far-
3433
off mountains. Startled, a man cried "Land!" but the next
3434
moment showed that it was cloud. Yet all day the mist hung
3435
in this quarter. The _Pinta_ approached and signaled, and
3436
presently over to us put her boat, in it Martin Pinzon. The
3437
Admiral met him as he came up over side and would have
3438
taken him into great cabin. But, no! Martin Pinzon always
3439
spoke out, before everybody! "Senor, there is land yonder,
3440
under the north! Should not we change course and see
3441
what is there?"
3442
3443
"It is cloud," answered the Admiral. "Though I do not
3444
deny that such a haze may be crying, `Land behind!' "
3445
3446
"Let us sail then north, and see!"
3447
3448
But the Admiral shook his head. "No, Captain! West
3449
--west--arrow straight!"
3450
3451
Pinzon appeared about to say, "You are very wrong,
3452
and we should see what's behind that arras!" But he
3453
checked himself, standing before Admiral and Don and Viceroy,
3454
and all those listening faces around. "I still think," he
3455
began.
3456
3457
The other took him up, but kept considerate, almost deferring
3458
manner. "Yes, if we had time or ships to spare!
3459
But now it is, do not stray from the path. Sail straight
3460
west!"
3461
3462
"We are five hundred leagues from Palos."
3463
3464
"Less than that, by our reckoning. The further from
3465
Palos, the nearer India!"
3466
3467
"We may be passing by our salvation!"
3468
3469
"Our salvation lies in going as we set forth to go." He
3470
made his gesture of dismissal of that, and asked after the
3471
health of the _Pinta_. The health held, but the stores were
3472
growing low. Biscuit enough, but bacon almost out, and
3473
not so many measures of beans left. Oil, too, approached
3474
bottom of jars. The Nina was in the same case.
3475
3476
"Food and water will last," said the Admiral. "We have
3477
not come so far without safely going farther."
3478
3479
Martin Alonso Pinzon was the younger man and but
3480
captain of the Pinta_, while the other stood Don and Admiral,
3481
appointed by Majesty, responsible only to the Crown.
3482
But he had been Master Christopherus the dreamer, who
3483
was shabbily dressed, owed money, almost begged. He
3484
owed large money now to Martin Pinzon. But for the Pinzons,
3485
he could hardly have sailed. He should listen now,
3486
take good advice, that was clearly what the captain of the
3487
_Pinta thought! Undoubtedly Master Christopherus dreamed
3488
true to a certain point, but after that was not so followable!
3489
As for Cristoforo Colombo, Italian shipmaster, he had, it
3490
was true, old sea wisdom. But Martin Pinzon thought
3491
Martin Pinzon was as good there!--Captain Martin Alonso
3492
said good-by with some haughtiness and went stiffly back
3493
over blue sea to the Pinta.
3494
3495
The sun descended, the sea grew violet, all we on the
3496
_Santa Maria_ gathered for vesper prayer and song. Fray
3497
Ignatio's robe and back-thrown cowl burned brown against
3498
the sea and the sail. One last broad gold shaft lighted the
3499
tall Admiral, his thick white hair, his eagle nose, his strong
3500
mouth. Diego de Arana was big, alert and soldierly; Roderigo
3501
Sanchez had the look of alcalde through half a lifetime.
3502
I had seen Roderigo de Escobedo's like in dark streets
3503
in France and Italy and Castile, and Pedro Gutierrez wherever
3504
was a court. Juan de la Cosa, the master, stood a
3505
keen man, thin as a string. Out of the crowd of mariners
3506
I pick Sancho and Beltran the cook, Ruiz the pilot, William
3507
the Irishman and Arthur the Englishman, and two or three
3508
others. And Luis Torres. The latter was a thinker, and
3509
a Jew in blood. He carried it in his face, considerably
3510
more markedly than I carried my grandmother Judith. But
3511
his family had been Christian for a hundred years. Before
3512
I left forecastle for poop I had discovered that he was
3513
learned. Why he had turned sailor I did not then know,
3514
but afterwards found that it was for disappointed love. He
3515
knew Arabic and Hebrew, Aristotle and Averroes, and he
3516
had a dry curiosity and zest for life that made for him the
3517
wonder of this voyage far outweigh the danger.
3518
3519
There was a hymn that Fray Ignatio taught us and that
3520
we sang at times, beside the Latin chant. He said that a
3521
brother of his convent had written it and set it to music.
3522
3523
Thou that art above us,
3524
Around us, beneath us,
3525
Thou who art within us,
3526
Save us on this sea!
3527
Out of danger,
3528
Teach us how we may
3529
Serve thee acceptably!
3530
Teach us how we may
3531
Crown ourselves, crowning Thee!
3532
3533
3534
Beltran the cook's voice was the best, and after him
3535
Sancho, and then a sailor with a great bass, William the
3536
Irishman. Fray Ignatio sang like a good monk, and Pedro
3537
Gutierrez like a troubadour of no great weight. The Admiral
3538
sang with a powerful and what had once been a sweet
3539
voice. Currents and eddies of sweetness marked it still.
3540
All sang and it made together a great and pleasurable
3541
sound, rolling over the sea to the _Pinta_ and the Nina, and
3542
so their singing, somewhat less in volume, came to us. All
3543
grew dusk, the ships were bat wings sailing low; out sprang
3544
the star to which the needle no longer pointed. The great
3545
star Venus hung in the west like the lantern of some ghostly
3546
air ship, very vast.
3547
3548
Thou that art above us,
3549
Around us, beneath us,
3550
Thou that art within us,
3551
Save us on this sea!
3552
3553
3554
3555
CHAPTER XIV
3556
3557
WE were a long, long way from Spain. A flight of
3558
birds went over us. They were flying too high for
3559
distinguishing, but we did not hold them to be sea
3560
birds. We sounded, but the lead touched no bottom. West
3561
and west and west, pushed by that wind! Late September,
3562
and we had left Palos the third of August.
3563
3564
The wind shifted and became contrary. The sea that
3565
for so long had been glassy smooth took on a roughness.
3566
A bird that was surely a forest bird beaten to us perched
3567
upon a stretched rope and uttered three quick cries. A
3568
boy climbed and softly took it from behind. It fluttered in
3569
the Admiral's two hands. All came to look. Its plumage
3570
was blue, its breast reddish. We wondered, but before we
3571
could make it a cage, it strongly strove and was gone. One
3572
flash and all the azure took it to itself.
3573
3574
In the night the waves flattened. Rose-dawn showed
3575
smooth sea and every sail filled again with that westward
3576
journeying wind. Yesterday's roughness and the bird tossed
3577
aboard were as a dream.
3578
3579
A day and a day and a day. As much Ocean-Sea as ever,
3580
and Asia a lie, and alike at this end and that of the
3581
vessel a dull despondency, and Pedro Gutierrez's wit grown
3582
ugly. So naked, so lonely, so indifferent spread the Sea
3583
of Darkness!
3584
3585
Another day and another and another. When half the
3586
ship was at the point of mutiny signs reappeared and thickened.
3587
Birds flew over the ships; one perched beside the
3588
Admiral's banner and sang. More than that, a wood dove
3589
came upon the deck and ate corn that was strewed for it.
3590
"Colombo--Colombo!" quoth the Admiral. "I, too, am
3591
`dove.' " And he opened a window and sent forth a "dove"
3592
to find if there were land!' "
3593
3594
Almost the whole ship from Jason down took these two
3595
birds for portents. Fray Ignatio lifted hands. "The
3596
Blessed Francis who knew that birds have souls to save
3597
hath sent them!" We passed the drifting branch of a
3598
tree. It had green leaves. The sea ran extremely blue and
3599
clear, and half the ship thought they smelled frankincense,
3600
brought on the winds which now were changeable. At evening
3601
rose a great cry of "Land!" and indeed to one side the
3602
sinking sun seemed veritable cliffs with a single mountain
3603
peak. The Admiral, who knew more of sea and air than
3604
any two men upon those ships, cried "Cloud--cloud!"
3605
but for a time none believed him. There sprang great commotion,
3606
the _Pinta_ too signaling. Then before our eyes
3607
came a rift in the mountain and the cliffs slipped into the sea.
3608
3609
But now all believed in land ahead. It was as though
3610
some one had with laughter tossed them that assurance over
3611
the horizon straight before us. Every mariner now was
3612
emulous to be the lookout, every man kept eyes on the west.
3613
Now sprang clear and real to them the royal promise of
3614
ten thousand maravedies pension to him who first sighted
3615
Cipango, Cathay or India. The Admiral added a prize of a
3616
green velvet doublet.
3617
3618
We had come nigh eight hundred leagues.
3619
3620
In the cabin, upon the table he spread Toscanelli's map,
3621
and beside it a great one like it, of his own making, signed
3622
in the corner _Columbus de Terra Rubra_. The depiction was
3623
of a circle, and in the right or eastern side showed the coasts
3624
of Ireland and England, France, Spain and Portugal, and
3625
of Africa that portion of which anything was known. Out
3626
in Ocean appeared the islands gained in and since Prince
3627
Henry's day. Their names were written,--Madeira, Canaria,
3628
Cape de Verde and Azores. West of these and filling
3629
the middle map came Ocean-Sea, an open parchment field
3630
save for here a picture of a great fish, and here a siren and
3631
here Triton, and here the Island of the Seven Cities and here
3632
Saint Brandon's Isle, and these none knew if they be real
3633
or magical! Wide middle map and River-Ocean! The eye
3634
quitting that great void approached the left or western side
3635
of the circle. And now again began islands great and small
3636
with legends written across and around them. The great
3637
island was Cipango, and across the extent of it ran in fine
3638
lettering. "Marco Polo was here. It is the richest of the
3639
eastern lands. The houses are roofed with gold. The people
3640
are idolaters. There are spices and pearls, nutmegs, pepper
3641
and precious stones. Very much gold so that the common
3642
people use it as they wish."
3643
3644
We read, the Admiral seated, we, the great cabin group,
3645
standing, bending over the table. After the islands came
3646
mainland. "Cathay" ran the writing. "Mangi. Here
3647
is the seat of the Great Khan. His city is Cambalu." South
3648
of all this ran other drawings and other legends. "Here,
3649
opposite Africa, near the equator, are islands called Manillas.
3650
They have lodestone, so that no ship with iron can sail to
3651
them. Here is Java of all the spices. Here is great India
3652
that the ancients knew."
3653
3654
"We are bearing toward Cipango," said the Admiral. "I
3655
look first for small outward islands, where perhaps the folk
3656
are uncouth and simple, and there is little gold."
3657
3658
And again days passed. When many times upon the
3659
_Santa Maria_ and as often on the _Pinta_ and the _Nina_ some
3660
one had cried "Land!" and the ships been put in commotion
3661
and the land melted into air before our eyes, and another
3662
as plausible island or coast formed before us only to
3663
vanish, despair seized us again. Witchcraft and sorcery and
3664
monstrous ignorance, and fooled to our deaths! "West--
3665
west--west!" till the west was hated. The Pinzons thought
3666
we should change course. If there were lands we were
3667
leaving them in the north where hung the haze. But the
3668
Madman or the Black Magician, our Italian Admiral, would
3669
not hear good advice! It was Gutierrez's word, under his
3670
breath when the Admiral was in earshot, and aloud when
3671
he was not. "Our Italian--our Italian! Why did not
3672
Italy keep him? And Portugal neither would have him!
3673
Castile, the jade, takes him up!"
3674
3675
Then after absence began again the signs. Flocks of birds
3676
went by us. I saw him watching, and truly these flights
3677
did seem to come from south of west. On the seventh of
3678
October he altered course. We sailed southwest. This day
3679
there floated by a branch with purple berries, and we saw
3680
flying fish. Dolphins played about the ship. The very sea
3681
felt warm to the hand, and yet was no oppression, but light
3682
and easily breathed air, fragrant and lifting the spirits.
3683
3684
And now we saw floating something like a narrow board
3685
or a wide staff. The master ordered the boat lowered; we
3686
brought it in and it was given dripping into the Admiral's
3687
hand. "It is carved by man," he said. "Look!" Truly
3688
it was so, rudely done with bone or flint, but carved by man
3689
with something meant for a picture of a beast and a tree.
3690
3691
We sailed west by south this day and the next. No more
3692
man-wrought driftage came our way, but other signs multiplied.
3693
We saw many birds, the water was strangely warm
3694
and clear, when the wind blew toward us it had a scent,
3695
a tone, that cried land breeze! Then came by a branch
3696
with yellow flowers, and upon one a butterfly. After this
3697
none doubted, not Fernando nor any. "Gold flowers--
3698
gold flowers--gold, gold!"
3699
3700
This night we lay by so that we should not slip past land
3701
in the darkness. When day came there showed haze south
3702
and west. A gentle wind sang in our rigging. On board
3703
the _Santa Maria_, the Pinta and the Nina all watched for
3704
land. Excitement and restlessness took us all. The Admiral's
3705
eyes burned like deep gray seas. I could read in
3706
them the images behind. _Prester John and the Release of
3707
the Sepulchre. The Grand Khan a tributary Prince. Argosies
3708
of gold, silk and spices, sailing steady, sailing fast over
3709
a waterway unblocked by Mahound and his soldans. All Europe
3710
burning bright, rising a rich Queen. Holy Church with_
3711
_another cubit to her stature. Christopherus Columbus, the
3712
Discoverer, the Enricher, the Deliverer! Queen Isabella, and
3713
on her cheeks a flush of gratitude; all the Spanish court bowing
3714
low. All the friends, the kindred, all so blessed! Sons,
3715
brothers; Genoa, and Domenico Colombo clad in velvet, dining
3716
with the Doge_.
3717
3718
Dolphins were all about us; once there rose a cry from
3719
the mariners that they heard singing over the waves. We
3720
held breath and listened, but if they were sirens they ceased
3721
their song. But at eve, the sky pale gold, the water a
3722
sapphire field, we ourselves sang mightily our "_Salve Regina_."
3723
3724
The Admiral would speak to us. Now all loved him,
3725
with golden India rising to-morrow from the sea, with his
3726
wisdom proving itself! He had this eve a thrilling voice.
3727
God had been good to us; who could say other? This very
3728
eve, at Palos, they thought of us. At Santa Maria de la
3729
Rabida, chanting vesper hymn, they prayed for us also.
3730
In Cordova the Queen prayed. In Rome, the Holy Father
3731
had us in mind. Would we lessen ourselves, disappointing
3732
so many, and very God, grieving very Christ? "No! But
3733
out of this ship we shall step on this land to come, good
3734
men, true men, servants and sons of Christ in His kingdom.
3735
This night, in India before us, men sigh, `We weary of our
3736
idols! Why tarrieth true God?' There the learned think,
3737
bending over their maps, `Why doth not some one put forth,
3738
bringing all the lands into one garland?' They look to
3739
their east whence we come, and they may see in dream tonight these three ships!" His voice rang. "I tell
3740
you
3741
these Three Ships shall be known forever! Your grandchildren's
3742
grandchildren shall say, `The _Santa Maria_, the
3743
Pinta and the Nina--and one that was our ancestor sailed
3744
in this one or in that one, to the glory and gain of the
3745
world, wherefore we still make festival of his birthday!' "
3746
3747
At this they stirred, whether from Palos or Huelva or
3748
Fishertown. They looked at him now as though indeed he
3749
were great mage, or even apostle.
3750
3751
That evening I heard Roderigo de Escobedo at an enumeration.
3752
He seemed to have committed to memory some
3753
Venice list. "Mastic, aloes, pepper, cloves, mace and cinnamon
3754
and nutmeg. Ivory and silk and most fine cloth, diamonds,
3755
balasses, rubies, pearls, sapphires, jacinth and emeralds.
3756
Silver in bulk and gold common as iron with us.
3757
Gold--gold!"
3758
3759
Pedro Gutierrez was speaking. "Gold to carry to Spain
3760
and pay my debts, with enough left to go again to court--"
3761
3762
Said Escobedo, "The Admiral saith, `No fraud nor
3763
violence, quarreling nor oppression'!"
3764
3765
Gutierrez answered: "The Admiral also thinks to pay
3766
his debts! He may think he will be strict as the Saints, but
3767
he will not!"
3768
3769
The Admiral was walking the deck. He stopped beside
3770
Juan Lepe who leaned upon the rail and watched a strange,
3771
glistering sea. It was that shining stuff we see at times
3772
at night in certain weather. But to-night Luis Torres, passing,
3773
had said, "Strewn ducats!"
3774
3775
The Admiral and Juan Lepe watched. "Never a sail!"
3776
said I. "How strange a thing is that! Great populous
3777
countries that trade among themselves, and never a sail on
3778
this sea rim!"
3779
3780
He drummed upon the rail. "Do not think I have not
3781
thought of that! I looked to meet first a ship or ships.
3782
But now I think that truly there may be many outlying
3783
islands without ships. Or there may be a war between
3784
princes, and all ships drawn in a fleet to north or south.
3785
One beats one's brains--and time brings the solution, and
3786
we say, `How simple!' "
3787
3788
Turning his great figure, he mounted to our castle built
3789
up from deck, whence he could see great distances. The
3790
wind had freshened; we were standing to the west; it was
3791
behind us again and it pushed us like a shuttle in a giant's
3792
hand. The night was violet dark and warm; then at ten
3793
the moon rose. Men would not sleep while the ship sailed.
3794
A great event was marching, marching toward us. We
3795
thought we caught the music of it; any moment heralds,
3796
banners, might flame at end of road. We were watching
3797
for the Marriage Procession; we were watching for Kings,
3798
for the Pope, for I know not what! But there was certain
3799
to be largesse.
3800
3801
I went among the mariners. Sancho met me, a young
3802
man whom then and afterwards I greatly liked. "Well,
3803
we've had luck, senor! Saint Noah himself, say I, wasn't
3804
any luckier!"
3805
3806
"Yes, we've done well!"
3807
3808
Beltran the cook's great easy voice rolled in. "Fear's
3809
your only barnacle, say I!"
3810
3811
Luis Torres said, "When I studied Arabic and the Hebrew,
3812
I thought it was for the pleasure of it. They said
3813
around me, `How you waste your time!' But now some
3814
about the Grand Khan should know Arabic. I will be of
3815
use."
3816
3817
Pedro said, "Well, it has turned out better than any reasonable
3818
man could have expected!" and Fernando, "Yes,
3819
it has! Of course there may be witches. I've heard it said
3820
there are great necromancers in India!"
3821
3822
"Necromancers! That's them that show you a thing
3823
and then blow it away--"
3824
3825
I said, "Do you not know that all of us are the only
3826
necromancers?"
3827
3828
"Did you see," asked Sancho, "the glistering in the
3829
water? Are we going to lie to after midnight? Saint
3830
George! I would like to plunge in and swim!"
3831
3832
On poop deck, Diego de Arana called me to him. "Well,
3833
Doctor, how goes it?" He and I rested good friends. I
3834
said, "Why, it goes well."
3835
3836
"I was thinking, watching the moon, how little I ever
3837
dreamed, being no sea-going man, of such a thing as this.
3838
Who knows his fate? A man's a strange matter!"
3839
3840
"He is a ballad," I answered., "One stave leads to another
3841
and the story mounts."
3842
3843
"I cannot think what to-morrow may show us!"
3844
3845
"Nor can I! But it will be important. We enter by a
3846
narrow strait great widths of the future."
3847
3848
"There will be great changes, doubtless. Our world is
3849
growing little. Everybody feels that we must push out!
3850
It isn't only Spain, but all kingdoms."
3851
3852
Pedro Gutierrez joined us. "You are a learned man,
3853
Doctor! What like are the women of Cipango?"
3854
3855
The moon, past the full yet strong enough to silver
3856
this vast shield, rose higher. The sails of the _Pinta_ and the
3857
Nina were curves of pearl, our sails above us pale mountains.
3858
The light dimmed our lanterns. Crowned woman
3859
at our prow would be bathed in it as she ran across Ocean-
3860
Sea. It washed our decks, pricked out our moving men.
3861
They cast shadows. The master had served out an extra
3862
draught of wine. It was hardly needed. We were all lifted,
3863
with visions drumming in our heads. Fray Ignatio stood
3864
against the mast, and I knew that he felt a pulpit and was
3865
making his sermon. After a time, Diego de Arana and
3866
Pedro Gutierrez moving away, I was alone. Mind and
3867
heart tranquilized, and into them stepped Isabel, and she
3868
and I, hand in hand, walked fields of the west.
3869
3870
The moon shone. The Admiral's voice came from above
3871
us where he watched from the castle. "Come up here, one
3872
or two of you!" Gutierrez was nearest the ladder. He
3873
mounted and I after him, and we stood one on either hand
3874
the Admiral. He pointed south of west. "A light!" His
3875
voice was an ocean. "It is as it should be. I, Christopherus
3876
Columbus, have first seen the Shore of Asia!"
3877
3878
We followed his extended hand. Clear under sail we saw
3879
it, dimmed by the moon, but evident, a light as it were of
3880
a fire on a beach. Diego de Arana came up also and
3881
saw it. It was, we thought, more than a league away, a
3882
light that must be on land and made by man. It dwindled,
3883
out it went into night and there ran only plain silver. We
3884
waited while a man might have swam from us to the _Pinta_,
3885
then forth it started again, red star that was no star. Some
3886
one below us cried, "Ho, look!" The Admiral raised his
3887
voice, it rang over ship. "Aye! I saw it a time ago, have
3888
seen it thrice! I, the Admiral, saw first." Men were
3889
crowding to the side to look, then it went out as though
3890
a wave had crept up and drenched it. We gazed and gazed,
3891
but it did not come again.
3892
3893
It might have been not land, but a small boat afire. But
3894
that is not probable, and we upon the _Santa Maria_ held
3895
that to see burning wood on shore, though naught showed
3896
of that shore itself, was truly first to view, first of all of
3897
us, that land we sought. He did not care for the ten
3898
thousand maravedies, but he cared that it should be said
3899
that God showed it first to him.
3900
3901
The wind pushed us on with the flat of a great hand.
3902
Midnight and after midnight. At the sight of that flame
3903
we should have fired our cannon, but for some reason this
3904
was not done. Now the silver silence beyond the ship was
3905
torn across by the _Pinta's_ gun. She fired, then came near
3906
us. "Land! Land!" Now we saw it under the moon,
3907
just lifting above the sea,--lonely, peaceful, dark.
3908
3909
It was middle night. The Santa Maria, the Pinta and the
3910
Nina went another league, then took in sail and came to
3911
anchor.
3912
3913
3914
3915
CHAPTER XV
3916
3917
THE Admiral set a watch and commanded all beside
3918
to sleep. To-morrow might be work and wakefulness
3919
enough! The ship grew silent. With the _Pinta_
3920
and the Nina it lay under the moon, and all around was
3921
silver water.
3922
3923
He did not sleep this night, I am sure. At all times he
3924
was a provident and wakeful sea king who knew his ship
3925
through and through. His habit was light sleep and not
3926
many hours of that. He studied his books at night while
3927
others slept. Lying in his bed, with eyes open or eyes shut,
3928
he watched form in the darkness lands across sea.
3929
3930
This night so far from Europe passed. The sense of day
3931
at hand wrapped us. In the east arose a cool, a stern and
3932
indifferent pallor. It changed, it flushed. We carried in
3933
the _Santa Maria_ a cock and hens. Cock crew.
3934
3935
Christopherus Columbus had Italian love for fit, harmonious
3936
noting of vast events. This morning the trumpeter
3937
also of the Santa Maria waked those who slept. The
3938
clear and joyful notes were heard by the Pinta and the
3939
Pinta, too, answered with music. The Nina took it from
3940
her. Beltran the cook and his helpers gave us a stately
3941
breakfast. The Admiral came forth from his cabin in a
3942
dress that a prince might have worn, crimson and tawny,
3943
and around his throat a golden chain. Far and near rushed
3944
into light, for in these lands and seas the dawn makes no
3945
tarrying. It is almost night, then with a great clap of
3946
light it is day.
3947
3948
We had voyaged, all thought, to Asia over an untrodden
3949
way. Every eye turned to land. Not haze, not dissolving
3950
cloud, not a magic nothing in the thought, but land, land,
3951
solid, palpable, like Palos strand! Had we seen a great port
3952
city, had we seen ships crowding harbor, had we seen a
3953
citadel on some height, armed and frowning, had we marked
3954
temples and palaces and banners afloat in this divine cool
3955
wind of morning, many aboard us would have had now no
3956
surprise, would have cried, "Of course, I really knew it,
3957
though for the fun of it I pretended otherwise!"
3958
3959
But others among us could not expect such as this after
3960
the quiet night; no light before us save that one so soon
3961
quenched, no stir of boat at all or large or small; an unearthly
3962
quiet, a low land still as a sleeping marsh under
3963
moon.
3964
3965
The light brightened. The water about us turned a blue
3966
that none there had ever seen, so turquoise, so cerulean, so
3967
penetrable by the eye! Before us gentle surf broke on a
3968
beach bone-white. The beach with little rise met woodland;
3969
thick it seemed and of a vivid greenness and fairly covering
3970
the island. It was island, masthead told us, who saw
3971
blue ribbon going around. Moreover, there were two others,
3972
no greater, upon the horizon. Nor, though the woodland
3973
seemed thick as pile of velvet, was it desolate isle. We
3974
made out in three places light plumes of smoke. Now some
3975
one uttered a cry, "Men!"
3976
3977
They were running out of the wood, down upon the white
3978
beach. There might be a hundred.
3979
3980
"Naked men! They are dark--They are negroes!"--
3981
"Or magicians!"
3982
3983
The Admiral lifted his great voice. "Mariners all! India
3984
and Cathay are fringed with islands, as are many parts
3985
of Europe. A dozen of you have sailed among the Greek
3986
islands. There may be as many here as those. This is a
3987
small island and its folk simple. They are not Negroes,
3988
but the skin of the Indian is darker than ours, and that
3989
of Cipango and Cathay is yellow. As for clothing, in all
3990
warm lands the simpler folk wear little. But as for ma-
3991
gicians, there may be magicians among them as there are
3992
among all peoples, but it is falseness and absurdity to speak
3993
of all as magicians! Nonsense and cowardice! The man
3994
who cried that goes not ashore to-day!"
3995
3996
Not Great India before us nor Golden Cipango! But
3997
it was land--land--it was solid, there were folk! How
3998
long had flowed the sea around us, for this was the twelfth
3999
of October, five weeks since Gomera and above two months
4000
since Palos had sunk away and we had heard the last faint
4001
bell of La Rabida! And there had been strong doubt if
4002
ever we should see again a white beach, or a tree, or a
4003
kindly fire ashore, or any men but those of our three ships,
4004
or ever another woman or a child. But land--land! Here
4005
was land and green woods and crowds of strange folk.
4006
The mariners laughed, and the tears stood in their eyes
4007
and friends embraced. And they grew mightily respectful
4008
to the Admiral.
4009
4010
So many were to go ashore in the first boat, and so many
4011
in the second. The _Pinta_ and the Nina were lowering their
4012
boats. Our hidalgos aboard, Diego de Arana, Roderigo
4013
Sanchez and the rest, had also fine apparel with them--
4014
seeing that the Grand Khan would have a court and our
4015
Sovereigns must be rightly represented--and this morning
4016
they suited themselves only less splendidly than did the
4017
Admiral. The great banner of Castile and Leon was ready
4018
for carrying. Trumpet, drum and fife should land. Fray
4019
Ignatio was ready--oh, ready! His liquid dark eyes had
4020
an unearthly look. Gifts were being sorted out. There
4021
were aboard rich things, valued in any land of ours, for
4022
gifts to the Grand Khan and his ministers, or the Emperor
4023
of Cipango and his. For Queens and Empresses and Ladies
4024
also. And there was a wondrous missal for Prester John
4025
did we find him! But this was evidently a little island afar,
4026
and these were naked, savage men. The expedition was
4027
provident. It had for all. The Portuguese, our great navigators,
4028
had taught what the naked African liked. A basket
4029
stood at hand filled with pieces of colored cloth, beads, caps,
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
1492
4037
by
4038
Mary Johnston
4039
Part 3 out of 7
4040
4041
    FullBooks.com homepage
4042
    Index of 1492
4043
    Previous part (2)
4044
    Next part (4)
4045
4046
4047
4048
hawk bells, fishhooks, toys of sorts. For that we might
4049
have trouble, four harquebus men and four crossbows were
4050
going. The _Santa Maria_ carried two cannon. Now at the
4051
Admiral's signal, one of these was discharged. It was a
4052
voice not heard before in this world. If he wished to produce
4053
awe that should accompany him like the ancient pillars
4054
of cloud and fire, he had success. When the smoke cleared
4055
we saw the wild men prostrate upon the ivory beach as
4056
though a scythe had cut them down. They lay like fallen
4057
grain, then rose and made haste for the wood. We could
4058
thinly hear their shouting.
4059
4060
Christopherus Columbus descended into the boat of the
4061
_Santa Maria_, Fray Ignatio after him. Diego de Arana,
4062
Roderigo Sanchez, Escobedo, Gutierrez and Juan Lepe the
4063
physician followed. Juan de la Cosa stayed with the ship, it
4064
not being wise to take away all authority. Our armed men
4065
came after and the rowers. We drew off and the small boat
4066
filled. Boats of the Pinta and the Nina joined us. The
4067
great banner over us, the Admiral's hand upon its standard,
4068
we rowed for Asia.
4069
4070
Nearer and nearer. The water hung about us, plain marvel,
4071
not dark blue, but turquoise and clear as air. We could
4072
see the strange, bright-hued fish and the white bottom. The
4073
air breathed Maytime, and now we thought we could tell
4074
the spices. And so ivory-white it was, the long curved
4075
beach, and so gayly bright the emerald of the wood! There
4076
were many palms with other trees we knew not. It was
4077
low, the island, and it shone before us silver and green, and
4078
the trees moved gently in a wind more sweet, we thought,
4079
than any Andalusian zephyr. Pedro Gutierrez stared.
4080
"Paradise--Paradise!"
4081
4082
It was not what we had looked for, but it was good
4083
enough. It seemed divine, that morning!
4084
4085
Nearer we drew, nearer. The beach was now bare. We
4086
made out the dark, naked folk at edge of the wood, in tree
4087
shadows, watching us. Were they strange to us, be sure
4088
we were stranger to them!
4089
4090
The azure water, so marvelous, met that sand white like
4091
crushed bone, strewn with delicate shells. Never was wind
4092
so sweet as that which blew this morning! Green plumes,
4093
the palms brushed the sky; there seemed to us fruit trees
4094
also, with satin stems and wide-laden boughs. When we
4095
looked over shoulder the _Santa Maria_, the Pinta and the
4096
Nina each rode double, mast and hull in sky, mast and hull
4097
in mirror sea. Something strange and divine was about
4098
us, over us. We wished to laugh, we wished to weep.
4099
4100
Boat head touched clean sand. The oars rested. Christopherus
4101
Columbus the Admiral stepped from boat first and
4102
alone, all waiting as was right. He took with him the banner
4103
of Spain. He walked a few yards, then struck the
4104
standard into the sand. There was air enough to open the
4105
folds, to make them float and fly. Kneeling, he bowed himself
4106
and kissed the earth. We heard his strong voice praying.
4107
"_Domine Deus, aeterne et omnipotens, sacro tuo verbo
4108
coelum, et terra, et mare, creasti_--"
4109
4110
We also bowed our heads. He rose and cried to Fray
4111
Ignatio. The Franciscan was the next to enter this new
4112
world. After him sprang out Diego de Arana and the others.
4113
The Pinzons, too, were now leaving their boats. All were
4114
at last gathered about the Admiral, between blue water and
4115
green wood. Fifty Spaniards, we gathered there, and we
4116
heard our fellows left upon the ships cheering us. We
4117
kneeled and Fray Ignatio thanked God for us.
4118
4119
We rose, drew long breath and looked about us, then
4120
turned to the Admiral with loud praise and gratulation. He
4121
was girded with a sword, cross-hilted. Drawing it, he set
4122
its point in the sand. Then with one hand upon the cross,
4123
and one lifted and wrapped in the banner folds, he, with a
4124
great voice, proclaimed Spain's ownership. To the King
4125
and Queen of the Spains all lands unchristian and idolatrous
4126
that we might find and use and hold, all that were clearly
4127
away from the line of the King of Portugal, drawn for him
4128
by the Holy Father! In the name of God, in the name of
4129
Holy Church, in the name of Isabella, Queen of Castile,
4130
and Ferdinand, King of Aragon and their united Power,
4131
amen and amen! He motioned to the trumpeter who put
4132
trumpet to his lips and blew a blast to the north and the
4133
south and the east and the west. At the sound there seemed
4134
to come a cry from the fringing wood, a cry of terror.
4135
4136
The island was ours,--if all this could make it ours.
4137
4138
A piece of scarlet cloth spread upon the sand had heaped
4139
upon it necklaces of glass and three or four hawk bells
4140
with other toys. We placed it there, then stood back. At
4141
the Admiral's command the harquebus and crossbow men
4142
laid their weapons down, though watchful eye was kept.
4143
But no arrow flights had come from the wood, and as far
4144
as could be seen some kind of lance, not formidable looking,
4145
was their only weapon. Next the Admiral made our fifer to
4146
play a merry and peaceful air.
4147
4148
We had noted a clump of trees advanced into the sand
4149
and we thought that the bolder men were occupying this.
4150
Now a man started out alone, a young man by the looks of
4151
him, drawn as he was against the white sand, and a paladin,
4152
for he marched to meet alone he knew not what or whom.
4153
"Blackamoor!" exclaimed De Arana beside me, but as he
4154
came nearer we saw that the dead blackness was paint, laid
4155
in a fantastic pattern upon his face and body. Native hue
4156
of skin, as we came presently to find in the unpainted, was
4157
a pleasing red-brown. He advanced walking daintily and
4158
proudly, knowing that his people were watching him. Single
4159
Castilian, single Moor, had advanced so, many a time, between
4160
camps, or between camp and fortress.
4161
4162
Halting beside the red cloth he stooped and turned over
4163
the trinkets. When he straightened himself he had in hand
4164
a string of great beads, rose and blue and green. He fingered
4165
these, seemed about to put the necklet on, then refrained
4166
as too daring. Laying it gently back upon the scarlet he
4167
next took up a hawk bell. These bells, as is known, ring
4168
very clear and sweet. I was afterwards told that the Portuguese
4169
had noted their welcome among the African people.
4170
There was no nail's breadth of information that this man
4171
Columbus could not use! He had used this, and in a list
4172
for just possibly found savage Indians had put down, "good
4173
number of hawk bells."
4174
4175
The red man painted black, took up the hawk bell. It
4176
chimed as he moved it. He dropped it on the sand and gave
4177
back a step, then picked it up and set it tinkling. His face,
4178
the way in which he moved, said "Music from heaven!"
4179
4180
The Admiral motioned to Fray Ignatio to move toward
4181
him. That good man went gently forward. The youth
4182
gave back, but then braced himself, under the eyes of his
4183
nation. He stood. The Franciscan put out a gowned arm
4184
and a long, lean kindly hand. The youth, naked as the
4185
bronze of a god, hesitated, raised his own arm, let it drop
4186
upon the other's. Fray Ignatio, speaking mild words,
4187
brought him across and to the Admiral. The latter, tallest
4188
of us all and greatly framed, lofty of port, dressed with
4189
magnificence, silver-haired, standing forth from his officers
4190
and men, the banner over him, would be taken by any for
4191
Great Captain, chief god of these gods, and certes, at the
4192
first they thought that we were gods! The Indian put his
4193
hands to his face, shrank like a girl and came slowly to his
4194
knees and lower yet until his forehead rested upon the earth.
4195
The Admiral lifted him, calling him "son."
4196
4197
Those of his kind watching from the wood now sent forth
4198
a considerable deputation. There came to us a dozen naked
4199
men, fairly tall, well-shaped, skin of red copper, smeared
4200
often with paint in bars and disks and crescents. Their
4201
hair was not like the Negro's, the only other naked man our
4202
time knew, but was straight, black, somewhat coarse, not
4203
bushy but abundant, cut short with the men below the ear.
4204
They are a beardless people. Our beards are an amazement
4205
to them, as are our clothes. A fiercely quarrelsome folk, a
4206
peace-keeping, gentle folk will sound their note very soon.
4207
These belonged to the latter kind. Their lances were not our
4208
huge knightly ones, nor the light, hard ones of the Moors.
4209
They were hardly more than stout canes, the head not iron
4210
--they had no iron--but flint or bone shaped by a flint
4211
knife. Where the paint was not splashed or patterned over
4212
them, their faces could be liked very well. Lips were not over
4213
full, the nose slightly beaked, the forehead fairly high, the
4214
eyes good. They did not jabber nor move idly but kept
4215
measure and a pleasant dignity. They seemed gentle and
4216
happy. So were they when we found them.
4217
4218
Their speech sounded of no tongue that we knew. Luis
4219
Torres and I alike had knowledge of Arabic. We had no
4220
Persian that might be nearer yet, but Arabia being immemorially
4221
caravan-knit with India, it was thought that it
4222
might be understood. But these bare folk had no notion
4223
of it, nor of the Hebrew which Luis tried next. The Latin
4224
did not do, the Greek of which I had a little did not do.
4225
But there is an old, old language called Gesture. If,
4226
wherever there is a common language there is one people,
4227
then in end and beginning surely we are one folk around
4228
the earth!
4229
4230
We were to be friends with these islanders. "Friends
4231
first and last!" believed the Admiral. Indeed, all felt it
4232
so, this bright day. If they were not all we had imaged,
4233
sailing to them, yet were they men, and unthreatening, novel,
4234
very interesting to us with their island and their marvelous
4235
blue water. All was heightened by sheer joy of landing,
4236
and of finding--finding something! And what we found
4237
was not horrible nor deathful, but bright, promising, scented
4238
like first fruits.
4239
4240
To them we found we were gods! They moved about us
4241
with a kind of ceremony of propitiation. Two youths came
4242
with a piece of bark carried like a salver, piled with fruits
4243
and with thin cakes of some scraped root. Another brought
4244
a parrot, a great green and rose bird that at once talked,
4245
though we could not understand his words. Two older
4246
men had balls, as large as melons, of some wound stuff that
4247
we presently found to be cotton loosely twisted into yarn.
4248
The Admiral's eyes glowed. "Now if any bring spices or
4249
pepper--" But they did not, nor did they bring gold.
4250
4251
All these things they put down before us, in silence or
4252
with words that we thought were petitions, moving not
4253
confusedly but with a manner of ritual. The Admiral took a
4254
necklace and placed it round the throat of the young man
4255
who first had dared, and in his hand put a hawk bell. That
4256
was enough for himself to do, who was Viceroy. Three of
4257
us finished the distribution. They who had brought presents
4258
were given presents. All would have us go with them
4259
to their village, just behind the trees. A handful of men
4260
we left with the boats and the rest of us crossed sand.
4261
Harquebuses and crossbows went with us, but we had no need
4262
of them. The island apparently followed peace, and its
4263
folk greatly feared to give offense to gods from the sky.
4264
Above the ships held a range of pearly clouds, out of which
4265
indeed one might make strange lands and forms. The Indians
4266
--Christopherus Columbus called them "Indians"--
4267
pointed from ships to cloud. They spoke with movements
4268
of reverence. "You have come down--you have come
4269
down!" We understood them, though their words were not
4270
ours.
4271
4272
Now the greenwood rose close at hand. The trees differed,
4273
the woven thickness of it, the color and blossom, from any
4274
wood at home. A space opened before us, and here was
4275
the village of these folk,--round huts thatched with palm
4276
leaves, set on no streets, but at choice under trees. Earth
4277
around was trodden hard, but the green woods pressed close.
4278
Here and there showed garden patches with plants whose
4279
names and uses we knew not. Now we came upon women
4280
and children. Like the men the women were naked. Well-
4281
shaped and comely, with long, black, braided hair, they
4282
seemed to us gentle, pleasing and fearless. The children
4283
were a crew that any might love.
4284
4285
Time lacks to say all that we did and heard and guessed
4286
this day upon this island! It was first love after long weeks
4287
at sea, and our cramped ships and all our great uncertainty!
4288
If it was not what we had expected, still here it was, tangible
4289
land that never had been known, wonderful to us, giving
4290
us already rich narrative for Palos and Huelva and Fishertown, for Cordova and the Queen and King. We
4291
were sure
4292
now that other land was to be met, so soon as we sailed a
4293
reasonable distance to meet it. Under the horizon would
4294
be land surely, and surely of an import that this small island
4295
lacked, like Paradise though it seemed to us this day! Any
4296
who looked at the Admiral saw that he would make no long
4297
tarrying here. He named this island San Salvador, but we
4298
would not wait in San Salvador.
4299
4300
This day in shifts, all our men were brought ashore, each
4301
division having three hours of blessed land. So good was
4302
earth under foot, so good were trees, so delectable the fruit,
4303
so lovely to move and run and watch every moving, running,
4304
walking thing! And these good, red-brown folk, naked it
4305
was true, but mannerly after their own fashion, who thought
4306
every seaman a god, and the ship boys sons of gods! And
4307
we also were good and mannerly, the _Santa Maria_, the
4308
Pinta and the Nina. I look back and I see a strange, a
4309
boyish and a happy day.
4310
4311
The sun was westering. We felt the exhaustion of a
4312
long holiday with novelties so many that at last the senses
4313
did not answer. Perhaps the Indians felt it too. Often and
4314
often have I seen great wisdom guide the Admiral. An
4315
hour before approaching night might have said "Go!" he
4316
took us one and all back to the ships. "_Salve Regina_" was
4317
a sound that evening to hear, and afterwards it was to
4318
sleep, sleep,--tired as from the Fair at Seville!
4319
4320
4321
4322
CHAPTER XVI
4323
4324
AT first, the day before, we had not made out that the
4325
Indians had boats. Later, straying here and there,
4326
we had seen them drawn upon the shore and covered
4327
with boughs of trees. They called them "canoes", made
4328
them, large and small, out of trunks of trees, hollowed by
4329
fire, and with their stone knives. We had seen one copper
4330
knife. Asked about that, they pointed to the south and
4331
seemed to say that yonder dwelled men who had all they
4332
wished of most things.
4333
4334
From dark the east grew pale, from pallor put on roses.
4335
This day no mariner grumbled at the call to awake. Here
4336
still lay our Fortunate Isle, our San Salvador; here our
4337
ivory beach, our green wood. Up went the little curls of
4338
smoke.
4339
4340
We had breakfast. So great was now the deference to
4341
him who three days ago had been "madman" and "black
4342
magician", "dreaming fool" and "spinner without thread!"
4343
Now it was "Admiral", "Excellency", and "What shall
4344
we do next?" and "What is your opinion, sir?"
4345
4346
The immediate thing to do proved to be to come forth
4347
from cabin and mark the beach thronging with thrice the
4348
number of yesterday, and the canoes putting off to us. We
4349
counted eight. Only one was a long craft, holding twenty
4350
men; the others came in cockle boats, with one or two or
4351
three. Not only canoes, but they came swimming, men and
4352
boys, all a dark grace in the cerulean, lucid sea. They were
4353
so fearless--for we came from heaven and would not harm
4354
them. We were going to make them rich; we were going
4355
to "save" them.
4356
4357
A score perhaps were helped aboard the _Santa Maria_.
4358
The Pinta, the Nina, had others. They were like children,
4359
touching, staring, excitedly talking and gesturing among
4360
themselves, or gazing in a kind of fixed awe, asking of the
4361
least sailor with all reverence, bowing themselves before the
4362
Admiral, the over-god. The Admiral moved richly dressed,
4363
rapt and benignant, yet sparing a part of himself to keep
4364
all order, measure, rightness on the ship, and another part
4365
to find out with keen pains, "What of other lands? What
4366
of folk who must be your superiors?"
4367
4368
They had brought offerings. Half a dozen parrots perched
4369
around, very gorgeously colored, loquacious in a speech we
4370
did not know. We had stacks of the large round thin
4371
cakes baked on stones which afterwards we called cassava,
4372
and great gourds, "calabashes" filled with fruit, and balls
4373
of cotton in a rude thread. We gave beads, bits of cloth,
4374
little purses, and the small bells that caused extravagant
4375
delight. But ever the Admiral looked for signs of gold,
4376
for he must find for princes and nobles and merchants gold
4377
or silver, or precious stones or spice, or all together. If he
4378
found them not, half his fortunes fell; a half-wind only
4379
would henceforth fill his sails.
4380
4381
And at last came in a canoe with three a young Indian
4382
who wore in his ear a knob of gold. Roderigo Sanchez
4383
saw this first and brought him to the Admiral. The latter,
4384
taking up an armlet of green glass and a hawk bell, touched
4385
the gold in the ear. "Do you trade?" Glad enough was
4386
the Indian to trade. It lay in the Admiral's palm, a piece
4387
of gold as great as a filbert.
4388
4389
Juan Lepe watched him make inquisition, Diego de
4390
Arana, Sanchez and Escobedo at his elbow. He did it
4391
to admiration, with look, gesture and tone ably translating
4392
his words. "Gold--gold?" The Indian said, or we put
4393
down in this wise what he said, "Harac."
4394
4395
Was there more harac on the island? We would give
4396
heavenly things for harac. The Indian was doubtful; he
4397
thought proudly that he had the only harac. "Where did
4398
he get it?" He indicated the south.
4399
4400
"Little island like this one?"
4401
4402
"No. Great land. Harac there in many ears. Much
4403
harac."
4404
4405
So we understood him. "Cipango!" breathed the Admiral.
4406
"Or neighbor to Cipango, increasingly rich and civilized
4407
as we go."
4408
4409
He took a case of small boxes, each box filled with merchandise
4410
of spice which he desired. Cinnamon, nutmeg,
4411
pepper, saffron, cloves and others. He made the islander
4412
smell and taste. "Had they aught like these?"
4413
4414
The Indian seemed to say they had not, but would like
4415
to have. He looked about for something with which to
4416
trade, a parrot, or heap of cakes, or ball of cotton. I
4417
thought that it was the box of boxes that he extremely
4418
wished, but the Admiral thought it was the spicery, and
4419
that he must have known them wherever he got the gold.
4420
"Were they found yonder?"
4421
4422
The Admiral stretched arm out over blue sea and the
4423
Indian followed his gesture. He shot out his own arm,
4424
"South--southwest--west," nodded the Admiral. "Many
4425
islands, or the mainland. Gates open before us!"
4426
4427
"Had the Indian been to these lands?" No, it seemed,
4428
but one had come in a boat, wearing this knob of gold,
4429
and he had told them. Was he living? No, he was not
4430
living. What kind of a person was he? Such as us?
4431
Emphatically no. Not such as us! Much, we gathered, as
4432
was the Indian himself. "Pearls have come from Queen's
4433
neck to Queen's neck," quoth the Admiral, "by a thousand
4434
rude hands and twisting ways!"
4435
4436
There was one woman among the visitors to the _Santa
4437
Maria_, a young woman, naked, freely moving and smiling.
4438
Eyes dwelled on her, eyes followed her. She was with an
4439
Indian who might be brother or husband. The Admiral
4440
gave her a worked, Moorish scarf. She tied it about her
4441
head, and the bright ends fell down beside her long, black,
4442
braided hair. None touched her, but they were woman-
4443
starved, and they looked at her hungrily. She had beauty
4444
in her way, and a kind of innocence both frank and shy.
4445
She was like a doe in the green forest, come silently upon
4446
at dawn.
4447
4448
Fed full of marvel at last, these Indians left us. But
4449
no sooner had they reached land and told of great kindness
4450
on the part of the inhabitants of heaven than other canoes
4451
and other swimmers put forth. This might go on all day,
4452
so we checked it by ourselves going ashore.
4453
4454
This day we filled our water casks and took aboard much
4455
fruit and all the cakes that they brought us. Moreover
4456
we explored the island, finding two villages of a piece with
4457
the first, and in the middle land a fair pool of water. This
4458
day like yesterday was blissful wine.
4459
4460
All blessed Christopherus Columbus. No man now but,
4461
for a while, did his bidding with an open heart.
4462
4463
In the morning we sailed away, not without plentiful
4464
promises of return. When we put up our white sails they
4465
cried out and pointed to the cloud sierra. No! We would
4466
not go back to heaven--or if we did so we would come
4467
again, loving so our gentle friends upon earth! We sailed,
4468
and in all our after wanderings we never came back to this
4469
island. And never again, I think, while Columbus voyaged,
4470
did there come to us just the bright, exquisite thrill of that
4471
first land after long doubt and no land. San Salvador--
4472
Holy Saviour Island!
4473
4474
4475
4476
CHAPTER XVII
4477
4478
WE were in a throng of islands. We might drop all
4479
for a little while, then from masthead "Land ho!"
4480
None were great islands, many far smaller than
4481
San Salvador. At night we lay to, not knowing currents
4482
and shoals; then broke the day and we flung out sail.
4483
4484
We had with us upon the _Santa Maria_ three San Salvador
4485
men. They had come willingly, two young, fearless
4486
men, and one old man with a wrinkled, wise, interested
4487
face. Assiduous to gain their tongue and impart our own,
4488
the Admiral, beside his own effort, told off for especial
4489
teachers and scholars Luis Torres and Juan Lepe. We
4490
did gain knowledge, but as yet everything was imperfect,
4491
without fine shading, and subject to all miscomprehension.
4492
But like the rest of us, the Admiral guessed in
4493
accordance with his wishes and his previous belief.
4494
4495
All these islands lay flat or almost flat upon the sea. All
4496
showed ivory beach, vivid wood, surrounding water, transparent
4497
and heavenly blue, inhabited by magically colored
4498
fish. When we dropped anchor, took boat and landed, it
4499
was to find the same astonished folk, naked, harmless, holding
4500
us for gods, bringing all they had, eager for our toys
4501
which were to them king's treasures and holy relics. Every
4502
island the Admiral named; he gave them goodly names!
4503
Over and over the Indians pointed south and west. We
4504
understood great lands, clothed men, much gold. But when
4505
we next came to anchor, like small island, like men, women
4506
and children. We traded for a few more knobs of gold,
4507
but they were few.
4508
4509
Toscanelli's map and the Admiral's map lay on cabin
4510
table. "Islands in the Sea of Chin--Polo and Mandeville
4511
alike say thousands--all grades then of advance. Beyond
4512
any manner of doubt, persevering west or west by south,
4513
we shall come to main Asia." So long as he ruled, there
4514
would be perseverance!
4515
4516
At Santa Maria de la Concepcion a solitary large canoe
4517
crowded with Indians was rowing toward us. One of the
4518
San Salvador young men aboard us fancied some slight,
4519
experienced some fear, or may even,--who knows?--have
4520
wearied of the gods. Springing upon the rail he threw
4521
himself into sea and made off with great strokes toward the
4522
canoe. Pedro behind him shouted "Escape!" There was
4523
a rush to the side to observe. Fernando bawled, "Come
4524
back! or we'll let fly an arrow."
4525
4526
He swam, the dark, naked fellow, like a fish. Reaching
4527
the canoe, the Indians there took him in; he seemed to have
4528
a tale to tell, they all broke into talk, the canoe went round,
4529
they rowed fast back to land. The _Nina_, lying near us, had
4530
her boat filling to go ashore. Her men had seen the leap
4531
overboard and the swimmer. Now they put after, rowing
4532
hard for the canoe, that having the start came first to beach.
4533
The Indians sprang out, the San Salvador man with them.
4534
Leaving canoe, they ran across sand into wood. The _Nina's_
4535
men took the canoe and brought it to the _Santa Maria_. In
4536
it were balls of cotton and calabashes filled with fruit and a
4537
chattering parrot. It was the first thing of this kind that
4538
had happened, and the Admiral's face was wrathful. He
4539
had a simple, kindly heart, and though he could be vexed
4540
or irritated, he rarely broke into furious anger. But first
4541
and last he desired peaceful absorption, if by any means
4542
that were possible, of these countries. We absorbing them,
4543
they absorbing us; both the gainers! And he had warm
4544
feeling of romance-love for all this that he was finding.
4545
He saw all his enterprise milk-white, rose-bright. And his
4546
pride was touched that the Indian who had seemed contented
4547
had not truly been so, and that the _Nina_'s men had disobeyed strict commands for friendliness. He would
4548
restore
4549
that content if possible, and he would have no more unordered
4550
chasing of canoes. The Nina's men got anger and
4551
rebuke, Captain Cristoforo Colombo mounting up in the
4552
Admiral.
4553
4554
He would let nothing in the canoe be touched. Instead
4555
he had placed aboard a pot of honey and a flask of wine
4556
and three pieces of cloth, then with a strong shove it was
4557
sent landward, and the tide making in, it came to shore.
4558
We saw two venture from the wood and draw it up on
4559
beach.
4560
4561
In a little while came around a point of shore a canoe
4562
with one Indian who made toward us, using his oar very
4563
dexterously, and when he entered our shadow holding up
4564
cotton and fruit. It was to be seen that he had had no
4565
communication with the men of the large canoe.
4566
4567
The Admiral himself called out encouragingly and snatching
4568
the first small thing at hand held it up. The Indian
4569
scrambled on board. He stood, as fine a piece of bronze
4570
as any might see, before the Genoese, as great a figure as
4571
might be found in all Italy--all Spain--all Europe.
4572
4573
The elder touched the younger, the white man the red
4574
man, as a king, a father, might have touched a prince, a
4575
son. He himself took the youth over our ship, showing
4576
him this, showing him that, had the music play for him,
4577
brought him to Fray Ignatio who talked of Christ, pointing
4578
oft to heaven. (To my thinking this action, often repeated,
4579
was one of the things that for so long made them
4580
certain we had come from the skies.) In the cabin he
4581
gave the Indian a cup of wine and a biscuit dipped in honey.
4582
He gave him a silken cap with a tassel and himself put
4583
round his throat one of our best strings of beads, and into
4584
his hand not one but three of the much-coveted hawk bells.
4585
He was kinder than rain after drought. First and last, he
4586
could well lend himself to the policy of kindness, for it was
4587
not lending. Kindness was his nature.
4588
4589
In an hour this Indian, returned to his canoe, was rowing toward shore with a swelling heart and a
4590
determined
4591
loyalty. He touched the island, and we could trust him to
4592
be missionary, preaching with all fervor of heaven and the
4593
gods.
4594
4595
Ay, me!
4596
4597
Whatever the other's defection, he more than covered it,
4598
the return of the canoe aiding. Santa Maria de la Concepcion
4599
became again friendly. But the Admiral that evening
4600
gave emphatic instruction to Martin and Vicente Pinzon
4601
and all the gathered Spaniards. Just here, I think, began
4602
the rift between him and many. Many would have by prompt
4603
taking, as they take in war. Were not all these heathen
4604
and given? But he would have another way round, though
4605
often he compromised with war; never wanting war but
4606
forced by his time and his companions. Sometimes, in the
4607
future, forced by the people we came among, but far
4608
oftener forced by greed and lust and violence of our own.
4609
Alas, again! Alas, again and again!
4610
4611
After Santa Maria de la Concepcion, Fernandina, and
4612
after Fernandina the most beautiful of islands, Isabella,
4613
where we lay three days. People upon this island seemed
4614
to us more civilized than the Salvador folk. The cotton
4615
was woven, loin cloths were worn, they had greater variety
4616
of calabashes, the huts were larger, the villages more regular.
4617
They slept in "hamacs" which are stout and wide
4618
cotton nets slung between posts, two or three feet above
4619
earth. Light, space-giving, easy of removal, these beds
4620
greatly took our fancy.
4621
4622
Here we sought determinedly for spice-giving trees and
4623
medicinal herbs and roots. It was not a spicery such as
4624
Europe depended upon, but still certain things seemed valuable!
4625
We gathered here and gathered there what might
4626
be taken to Spain. There grew an emulation to find. The
4627
Admiral offered prizes for such and such a commodity
4628
come upon.
4629
4630
We sailed from Isabella and after three days came to
4631
Cuba.
4632
4633
4634
4635
CHAPTER XVIII
4636
4637
CUBA! At first he called it Juana, but we came afterwards
4638
still to use the Indian name. Cuba! We saw
4639
it after three days, and it was little enough like
4640
Isabella, Fernandina, Concepcion, San Salvador and the
4641
islets the Admiral called Isles de Arena. It covered all our
4642
south, no level, shining thing that masthead could see around,
4643
but a mighty coast line, mountainous, with headlands and
4644
bays and river mouths. Now after long years, I who outlive
4645
the Admiral, know it for an island, but how could he
4646
or I or any know that in November fourteen hundred and
4647
ninety-two? He never believed it an island.
4648
4649
He stood on deck watching. "Cuba--Cuba! Have you
4650
not read of Cublai Khan? The sounds chime!"
4651
4652
"Cublai Khan. He lives in Quinsai."
4653
4654
"Ay. His splendid, capital city. Buildings all wonderful,
4655
and gardens like Mahound's paradise!"
4656
4657
"But if it is Cipango?"
4658
4659
"Ay. It may be Cipango. We have no angel here to tell
4660
us which. I would one would fly down and take us by the
4661
hand! Being men, we must make guesses."
4662
4663
Beautiful to us, splendid to us, was this coast of Cuba!
4664
We sailed by headlands and deep, narrow-necked bays, river
4665
mouths and hanging forests and bold cliffs. We sailed west
4666
and still headland followed headland, and still the lookout
4667
cried, "It stretched forever like the main!"
4668
4669
We came to a river where ships might ride. Sounding,
4670
we found deep water, entered river mouth and dropped
4671
anchor, then went ashore in the boats. Palms and their
4672
water doubles, and in the grove a small abandoned village.
4673
We had seen the people flee before us, and they were no
4674
more nor other kind of people than had showed in Concepcion
4675
or Fernandina. Yet were they a little wealthier. We
4676
found parrots on their perches, and two dogs, small and
4677
wolf-like that never barked. In one hut lay a harpoon
4678
tipped with bone, and a net for fishing. In another we
4679
found a wrought block of wood which Fray Ignatio pronounced
4680
their idol.
4681
4682
We went back to our ships, and leaving river, sailed on
4683
in a bright blue sea. The next day we doubled a cape and
4684
found a great haven, but silent and sailless, with no maritime
4685
city thronging the shore. What was this world, so huge, so
4686
sparely, rudely peopled?
4687
4688
We came to anchor close under shore in this haven.
4689
Again the marvelous water, but now it laved a bold and
4690
great country! We landed. Canoes fastened in a row,
4691
another village, most of the folk decamped, but a few
4692
brave men and women tarrying to find out something about
4693
heaven and its inmates. With toys again and pacific gestures
4694
we wiled them to us.
4695
4696
There was upon the _Santa Maria_ a young Indian who
4697
had chosen to come with us from Fernandina. He had courage
4698
and intelligence, was willing to receive instruction and
4699
baptism from Fray Ignatio, and first and last followed the
4700
Admiral with devotion. The latter had him christened
4701
Diego Colon. We taught him Spanish as fast and soundly as
4702
we might, and used him as interpreter. The tongue of his
4703
island was not just the tongue of Cuba, but near enough to
4704
serve. All these Indians have a gift of oratory and dote to
4705
speak at length, with firm voice and great gestures. Now
4706
we set Diego Colon to his narration. We of Castile had so
4707
much of the tongue by now that we could in some wise
4708
follow.
4709
4710
Forth it poured! We were gods come from heaven.
4711
Yonder stood the chief god that the others obeyed. He
4712
was very great, strong, good, wise, kind, giving beautiful
4713
gifts! We were all kind--no one was going to be hurt.
4714
We made magic with harac--which we called "gold."
4715
In heaven was not enough harac. So important is it to the
4716
best magic that a chief god has come to earth to seek it.
4717
We also liked cotton and things to eat, especially cassava
4718
cakes, and we liked a very few parrots. But it was gold
4719
that in chief we wanted. The man who brought the gods
4720
gold might go home with gifts so beautiful that there was
4721
never anything seen like them! Especially is there something
4722
that the gods call "bells" that ring and sound in
4723
your hand when you dance! Gold--do you know where
4724
to find it? Another thing! They desire to find a god who
4725
dropped out of the sky a long time ago, and has now a people
4726
and a great, marvelous village. Thinking he might be
4727
here, they have dived down to our land, for they dive in
4728
the sky as we dive in water! The name of the god they
4729
hunt is Grand Khan or Cublai Khan, and his village is
4730
Quinsai. Have you heard of him? They are very anxious
4731
to find him. The chief god with white hair and wonderful
4732
clothes--It is what they call clothes; under it they are as
4733
you and me, only the color is different--the chief god will
4734
give many bells to any folk who can show him the way to
4735
Quinsai. Gold and Quinsai where lives the god Grand
4736
Khan."
4737
4738
As might have been expected, this brought tidings. "Cubanacan!
4739
Cubanacan!" Whatever that might mean, they
4740
said it with assurance, pointing inland. Diego Colon interrupted
4741
their further speech. "There is a river. Go up
4742
it three days and come to great village. Cacique there
4743
wearing clothes. All men there have gold!"
4744
4745
Pedro Gutierrez spoke. "They'll promise anything for a
4746
hawk bell!"
4747
4748
"What do they understand and what do they not understand?
4749
What do they say and what do they not say?"
4750
That was Martin Pinzon. "Between them all we are
4751
fooled!"
4752
4753
The Admiral, who was gazing inland after the dark
4754
pointing finger, turned and spoke. "At the root of all
4755
things sit Patience and Make Trial!
4756
4757
"Well, I know," answered Pinzon, "that if these ships
4758
be not careened and mended we shall have trouble! Weather
4759
changes. There will be storm!"
4760
4761
He was right as to ships and weather, and the Admiral
4762
knew it and said as much. I never saw him grudge recognition
4763
to Martin Pinzon. It has been said that he did, but
4764
I never saw it.
4765
4766
That night, on board the _Santa Maria_ there was held a
4767
great council. At last it was settled that we should rest
4768
here a week and overhaul the ships, and that while that
4769
was doing, there should be sent two or three with Indian
4770
guides to find, if might be, this river and this town.
4771
And there were chosen, and given a week to go and come,
4772
Juan Lepe, Luis Torres and a seaman Roderigo Jerez,
4773
with Diego Colon, the Fernandina youth. Likewise there
4774
would go two Indians of this village, blithe enough to
4775
show their country to the gods and the gods to their country.
4776
4777
The next day being Sunday, Fray Ignatio preached a sermon
4778
to the Indians. He assumed, and at this time I think
4779
the Admiral assumed, that these folk had no religion. That
4780
was a mistake. I doubt if on earth can be found a people
4781
without religion.
4782
4783
Men and women they watched and listened, still, attentive,
4784
knowing that it had somehow to do with heaven. After
4785
sermon and after we had prayed and sung, we fashioned
4786
and set up a great cross upon cliff brow. Again the Indians
4787
watched and seemed to have some notion of what we
4788
did.
4789
4790
The remainder of the day we rested, and on Monday
4791
early Roderigo Jerez, Luis Torres and Juan Lepe with
4792
Diego Colon and two Cuba men made departure, We had
4793
a pack of presents and a letter from the Admiral. For we
4794
might meet some administrator or commandant or other,
4795
from Quinsai or Zaiton or we knew not where. This was
4796
the first of many--ah, so many--expeditions, separations
4797
from main body and return, or not return, as the case
4798
might be!
4799
4800
4801
4802
CHAPTER XIX
4803
4804
FOREST endless and splendid! We white men often
4805
saw no path, but the red-brown men saw it. It ran
4806
level, it climbed, it descended; then began the three
4807
again. It was lost, it was found. They said, "Here path!"
4808
But we had to serpent through thickets, or make
4809
way on edge of dizzy crag, or find footing through morass.
4810
We came to great stretches of reeds and yielding grass,
4811
giving with every step into water. It was to toil through
4812
this under hot sun, with stinging clouds of insects. But
4813
when they were left behind we might step into a grove of
4814
the gods, such firmness, such pleasantness, such shady going
4815
or happy resting under trees that dropped fruit.
4816
4817
We met no great forest beasts. There seemed to be none
4818
in this part of Asia. And yet Luis and I had read of great
4819
beasts. Dogs of no considerable size were the largest four-
4820
footed things we had come upon from San Salvador to
4821
Cuba. There were what they called _utias_, like a rabbit,
4822
much used for food, and twice we had seen an animal the
4823
size of a fox hanging from a bough by its tail.
4824
4825
If the beasts were few the birds were many. To see the
4826
parrots great and small and gorgeously colored, to see those
4827
small, small birds like tossed jewels that never sang but
4828
hummed like a bee, to hear a gray bird sing clear and loud
4829
and sweet every strain that sang other birds, was to see
4830
and hear most joyous things. Lizards were innumerable;
4831
at edge of a marsh we met with tortoises; once we passed
4832
coiled around a tree a great serpent. It looked at us with
4833
beady eyes, but the Indians said it would not harm a man.
4834
A thousand, thousand butterflies spread their painted fans.
4835
4836
The trees! so huge of girth and height and wherever was
4837
room so spreading, so rich of grain, so full, I knew, of
4838
strange virtues! We found one that I thought was cinnamon,
4839
and broke twigs and bark and put in our great pouch
4840
for the Admiral. Only time might tell the wealth of this
4841
green multitude. I thought, "Here is gold, if we would wait
4842
for it!" Fruit trees sprang by our path. We had with us
4843
some provision of biscuit and dried meat, and we never
4844
lacked golden or purple delectable orbs. We found the
4845
palm that bears the great nut, giving alike meat and
4846
milk.
4847
4848
By now Luis Torres and I had no little of Diego Colon's
4849
tongue and he had Spanish enough to understand the simplest
4850
statements and orders. Ferdandina tongue was not
4851
quite Cuba tongue, but it was like enough to furnish sea
4852
room. We asked this, we asked that. No! No one had
4853
ever come to the end of their country. When one town
4854
was left behind, at last you came to another town. One
4855
by one, were they bigger, better towns? They seemed to
4856
say that they were, but here was always, I thought, doubtful
4857
understanding. But no one had ever walked around their
4858
country--they seemed to laugh at the notion--land that
4859
way, always land! On the other hand, there was sea yonder
4860
--like sea here. They pointed south. Not so far there!
4861
"It must be," said Luis, "that Cuba is narrow, though
4862
without end westwardly. A great point or tongue of
4863
Asia?"
4864
4865
The Cubans were strong young men and not unintelligent.
4866
"Chiefs?" Yes, they had chiefs, they called them
4867
_caciques_. Some of them were fighters, they and their people.
4868
Not fighters like Caribs! Whereupon the speaker
4869
rose--we were resting under a tree--and facing south,
4870
used for gesture a strong shudder and a movement as if to
4871
flee.
4872
4873
South--south--always they pointed south! We were
4874
going south--inland. Would we come to Caribs? But
4875
no. Caribs seemed not to be in Cuba, but beyond sea, in
4876
islands.
4877
4878
Luis and I made progress in language and knowledge.
4879
Roderigo Jerez, a simple man, slept or tried the many kinds
4880
of fruit, or teased the slender, green-flame lizards.
4881
4882
We slept this night high on the mountainside, on soft grass
4883
near a fall of water. The Indians showed no fear of attack
4884
from man or beast. They could make fire in a most
4885
ingenious fashion, setting stick against larger stick and
4886
turning the first with such skill, vigor and persistence that
4887
presently arose heat, a spark, fire. But they seemed to need
4888
or wish no watch fire. They lay, naked and careless, innocent--
4889
fearless, as though the whole land were their castle.
4890
Luis tried to find out how they felt about dangers. We
4891
pieced together. "None here! And the Great Lizard takes
4892
care!" That was the Cuban. Diego Colon said, "The
4893
Great Turtle takes care!"
4894
4895
Luis Torres laughed. "Fray Ignatio should hear that!"
4896
4897
"It is on the road," I said and went to sleep.
4898
4899
The second day's going proved less difficult than the first.
4900
Less difficult means difficult enough! And as yet we had met
4901
no one nor anything that remotely favored golden-roofed
4902
Cipango, or famous, rich Quinsai, or Zaiton of the marble
4903
bridges. Jerez climbed a tall tree and coming down reported
4904
forest and mountain, and naught else. Our companions
4905
watched with interest his climbing. "Do you go
4906
up trees in heaven?"
4907
4908
This morning we had bathed in a pool below the little
4909
waterfall. Diego Colon by now was used to us so, but the
4910
Cuba men displayed excitement. They had not yet in mind
4911
separated us from our clothes. Now we were separated and
4912
were found in all our members like them, only the color differing.
4913
Color and the short beards of Luis Torres and Juan
4914
Lepe. They wished to touch and examine our clothes
4915
lying upon the bank, but here Diego Colon interfered.
4916
They were full of magic. Something terrible might happen!
4917
When Luis and I came forth from water and dried
4918
ourselves with handfuls of the warm grass, they asked:
4919
"Do they do so in heaven?" The stronger, more intelligent
4920
of the two, added, "It is not so different!"
4921
4922
I said to Luis as we took path after breakfast, "It is
4923
borne in upon me that only from ourselves, Admiral to
4924
ship boy, can we keep up this heaven ballad! Clothes,
4925
beads and hawk bells, cannon, harquebus, trumpet and
4926
banner, ship and sails, royal letters and blessing of the Pope
4927
--nothing will do it long unless we do it ourselves!"
4928
4929
"Agreed!" quoth Luis. "But gods and angels are beginning
4930
to slip and slide, back there by the ships! We have
4931
the less temptation here."
4932
4933
He began to speak of a sailor and a brown girl upon
4934
whom he had stumbled in a close wood a little way from
4935
shore. She thought Tomaso Pasamonte was a god wooing
4936
her and was half-frightened, half-fain. "And two hours
4937
later I saw Don Pedro Gutierrez--"
4938
4939
"Ay," said Juan Lepe. "The same story! The oldest
4940
that is!" And as at the word our savages, who had been
4941
talking together, now at the next resting place put forward
4942
their boldest, who with great reverence asked if there were
4943
women in heaven.
4944
4945
Through most of this day we struggled with a difficult
4946
if fantastically beautiful country. Where rock outcropped
4947
and in the sands of bright rapid streams we looked
4948
for signs of that gold, so stressed as though it were the
4949
only salvation! But the rocks were silent, and though in
4950
the bed of a shrunken streamlet we found some glistening
4951
particles and scraping them carefully together got a small
4952
spoonful to wrap in cloth and bestow in our pouch of
4953
treasures, still were we not sure that it was wholly gold. It
4954
might be. We worked for an hour for just this pinch.
4955
4956
Since yesterday morning our path had been perfectly
4957
solitary. Then suddenly, when we were, we thought, six
4958
leagues at least from the ships, the way turning and entering
4959
a small green dell, we came upon three Indians seated
4960
resting, their backs to palm trees. We halted, they raised
4961
their eyes. They stared, they rose in amazement at the sight
4962
of those gods, Roderigo Jerez, Luis Torres and Juan Lepe.
4963
They stood like statues with great eyes and parted lips. For
4964
us, coming silently upon them, we had too our moment of
4965
astonishment.
4966
4967
They were three copper men, naked, fairly tall and well
4968
to look at. But each had between his lips what seemed a
4969
brown stick, burning at the far end, dropping a light ash
4970
and sending up a thin cloud of odorous smoke. These burning
4971
sticks they dropped as they rose. They had seemed so
4972
silent, so contented, so happy, sitting there with backs to
4973
trees, a firebrand in each mouth, I felt a love for them!
4974
Luis thought the lighted sticks some rite of their religion,
4975
but after a while when we came to examine them, we found
4976
them not true stick, but some large, thickish brown leaf
4977
tightly twisted and pressed together and having a pungent,
4978
not unpleasing odor. We crumbled one in our hands and
4979
tasted it. The taste was also pungent, strange, but one
4980
might grow to like it. They called the stick tobacco, and
4981
said they always used it thus with fire, drinking in the smoke
4982
and puffing it out again as they showed us through the
4983
nostrils. We thought it a great curiosity, and so it was!
4984
4985
But to them we were unearthly beings. The men from
4986
the sea told of us, then as it were introduced Diego Colon,
4987
who spoke proudly with appropriate gesture, loving always
4988
his part of herald Mercury--or rather of herald Mercury's
4989
herald--not assuming to be god himself, but cherishing
4990
the divine efflux and the importance it rayed upon him!
4991
4992
The three Indians quivered with a sense of the great
4993
adventure! Their town was yonder. They themselves had
4994
been on the path to such and such a place, but now would
4995
they turn and go with us, and when we went again to the
4996
sea they, if it were permitted, would accompany us and
4997
view for themselves our amazing canoes! All this to our
4998
companion. They backed with great deference from us.
4999
5000
We went with these Indians to their town, evidently the
5001
town which we sought. And indeed it was larger, fitter, a
5002
more ordered community than any we had met this side
5003
Ocean-Sea, though far, far from travelers' tales of Orient
5004
cities! It was set under trees, palm trees and others, by
5005
the side of a clear river. The huts were larger than those
5006
by the sea, and set not at random but in rows with a great
5007
trodden square in the middle. From town to river where
5008
they fished and where, under overhanging palms, we found
5009
many Canoes, ran a way wider than a path, much like a
5010
narrow road. But there were no wheeled vehicles nor
5011
draught animals. We were to find that in all these lands
5012
they on occasion carried their caciques or the sick or hurt
5013
in litters or palanquins borne on men's shoulders. But for
5014
carrying, grinding, drawing, they knew naught of the wheel.
5015
It seemed strange that any part of Asia should not know!
5016
5017
In this town we found the cacique, and with him a _butio_
5018
or priest. Once, too, I thought, our king and church were
5019
undeveloped like these. We were looking in these lands
5020
upon the bud which elsewhere we knew in the flower. That
5021
to Juan Lepe seemed the difference between them and us.
5022
5023
The people swarmed out upon us. When the first admiration
5024
was somewhat over, when Diego Colon and the two
5025
seaside men and the Cubans of the burning sticks had made
5026
explanation, we were swept with them into their public
5027
square and to a hut much larger than common where we
5028
found a stately Indian, the cacique, and an ancient wrinkled
5029
man, the _butio_. These met us with their own assumption
5030
of something like godship. They had no lack of manner,
5031
and Luis and I had the Castilian to draw upon. Then came
5032
presents and Diego Colon interpreting. But as for the
5033
Admiral's letter, though I showed it, it was not understood.
5034
5035
It was gazed upon and touched, considered a heavenly
5036
rarity like the hawk bells we gave them, but not read nor
5037
tried to be read. The writing upon it was the natural
5038
veining of some most strange leaf that grew in heaven, or
5039
it was the pattern miraculously woven by a miraculous
5040
workman with thread miraculously finer than their cotton!
5041
It was strange that they should have no notion at all--not
5042
even their chieftains and priests--of writing! Any part
5043
of Asia, however withdrawn, surely should have tradition
5044
there, if not practice!
5045
5046
In this hut or lodge, doored but not windowed, we found
5047
a kind of table and seats fashioned from blocks of some
5048
dark wood rudely carved and polished. The cacique would
5049
have us seated, sat himself beside us, the _butio_ at his hand.
5050
5051
There seemed no especial warrior class. We noted that,
5052
it being one of the things it was ever in order to note. No
5053
particular band of fighting men stood about that block
5054
of polished wood, that was essentially throne or chair of
5055
state. The village owned slender, bone or flint-headed lances,
5056
but these rested idly in corners. Upon occasion all or any
5057
might use them, but there was no evidence that those occasions
5058
came often. There was no body of troops, nor armor,
5059
no shields, no crossbows, no swords. They had knives,
5060
rudely made of some hard stone, but it seemed that they
5061
were made for hunting and felling and dividing. No clothing
5062
hid from us any frame. The cacique had about his middle
5063
a girdle of wrought cotton with worked ends and some
5064
of the women wore as slight a dress, but that was all. They
5065
were formed well, all of them, lithe and slender, not lacking
5066
either in sinew and muscle, but it was sinew and muscle of
5067
the free, graceful, wild world, not brawn of bowman and
5068
pikeman and swordman and knight with his heavy lance.
5069
In something they might be like the Moor when one saw
5070
him naked, but the Moor, too, was perfected in arms, and
5071
so they were not like.
5072
5073
We did not know as yet if ever there were winter in this
5074
land. It seemed perpetual, serene and perfect summer. Behind
5075
these huts ran small gardens wherein were set melons
5076
and a large pepper of which we grew fond, and a nourishing
5077
root, and other plants. But the soil was rich, rich, and
5078
they loosened and furrowed it with a sharpened stick. There
5079
were no great forest beasts to set them sternly hunting.
5080
What then could give them toil? Not gathering the always
5081
falling fruit; not cutting from the trees and drying the
5082
calabashes, great and small, that they used for all manner
5083
of receptacle; not drawing out with a line of some stouter
5084
fiber than cotton and with a hook of bone or thorn the
5085
painted fish from their crystal water! To fell trees for
5086
canoes, to hollow the canoe, was labor, as was the building
5087
of their huts, but divided among so many it became light
5088
labor. In those days we saw no Indian figure bowed with
5089
toil, and when it came it was not the Indian who imposed
5090
it.
5091
5092
But they swam, they rowed their canoes, they hunted in
5093
their not arduous fashion, they roved afar in their country
5094
at peace, and they danced. That last was their fair, their
5095
games, their tourney, their pilgrimage, their processions to
5096
church, their attendance at mass, their expression of anything
5097
else that they felt altogether and at once! It was like
5098
children's play, renewed forever, and forever with zest. But
5099
they did not treat it as play. We had been showed dances
5100
in Concepcion and Isabella, but here in Cuba, in this inland
5101
town, Jerez and Luis and I were given to see a great and
5102
formal dance, arranged all in honor of us, gods descended
5103
for our own reasons to mix with men! They danced in the
5104
square, but first they made us a feast with _hutias_ and cassava
5105
and fish and fruit and a drink not unlike mead, exhilarating
5106
but not bestowing drunkenness. Grapes were all over these
5107
lands, purple clusters hanging high and low, but they knew
5108
not wine.
5109
5110
Men and women danced, now in separate bands, now
5111
mingled together. Decorum was kept. We afterwards
5112
knew that it had been a religious dance. They had war
5113
dances, hunting dances, dances at the planting of their corn,
5114
ghost dances and others. This now was a thing to watch,
5115
like a beautiful masque. They were very graceful, very supple;
5116
they had their own dignity.
5117
5118
We learned much in the three days we spent in this town.
5119
Men and women for instance! That nakedness of the body,
5120
that free and public mingling, going about work and adventure
5121
and play together, worked, thought Juan Lepe no
5122
harm. Later on in this vast adventure of a new world,
5123
some of our churchmen were given to asserting that they
5124
lived like animals, though the animals also are there slandered!
5125
The women were free and complaisant; there were
5126
many children about. But matings, I thought, occurred
5127
only of free and mutual desire, and not more frequently
5128
than in other countries. The women were not without modesty,
5129
nor the men without a pale chivalry. At first I thought
5130
constraint or rule did not enter in, but after a talk with their
5131
priest through Diego Colon, I gathered that there prevailed
5132
tribe and kinship restraints. Later we were to find that a
5133
great network of "thou shalt" and "thou shalt not" ran
5134
through their total society, wherever or to what members
5135
it might extend. Common good, or what was supposed to
5136
be common good, was the master here as it is everywhere!
5137
The women worked the gardens, the men hunted; both men
5138
and women fished. Women might be caciques. There were
5139
women caciques, they said, farther on in their land. And it
5140
seemed to us that name and family were counted from the
5141
mother's side.
5142
5143
The Admiral had solemnly laid it upon us to discover the
5144
polity of this new world. If they held fief from fief, then
5145
at last we must come through however many overlords to
5146
the seigneur of them all, Grand Khan or Emperor. We
5147
applied ourselves to cacique and butio, but we found no
5148
Grand Seigneur. There were other caciques. When the
5149
Caribs descended they banded together. They had dimly,
5150
we thought, the idea of a war-lord. But it ended there, when
5151
the war ended. Tribute: He found they had no idea of
5152
tribute. Cotton grew everywhere! Cotton, cassava, calabashes,
5153
all things! When they visited a cacique they took
5154
him gifts, and at parting he gave them gifts. That was all.
5155
5156
Gold? They knew of it. When they found a bit they kept
5157
it for ornament. The cacique possessed a piece the size
5158
of a ducat, suspended by a string of cotton. It had been
5159
given to him by a cacique who lived on the great water.
5160
Perhaps he took it from the Caribs. But it was in the mountains, too. He indicated the heights beyond.
5161
Sometimes
5162
they scraped it from sand under the stream. He seemed indifferent
5163
to it. But Diego Colon, coming in, said that it
5164
was much prized in heaven, being used for high magic, and
5165
that we would give heavenly gifts for it. Resulted from that
5166
the production in an hour of every shining flake and grain
5167
and button piece the village owned. We carried from this
5168
place to the Admiral a small gourd filled with gold. But it
5169
was not greatly plentiful; that was evident to any thinking
5170
man! But we had so many who were not thinking men.
5171
And the Admiral had to appease with his reports gold-thirsty
5172
great folk in Spain.
5173
5174
We spent three days in this village and they were days for
5175
gods and Indians of happy wonder and learning. They
5176
would have us describe heaven. Luis and I told them of
5177
Europe. We pointed to the east. They said that they knew
5178
that heaven rested there upon the great water. The town
5179
of the sun was over there. Had we seen the sun's town? Was
5180
it beside us in heaven, in "Europe"? The sun went down
5181
under the mountains, and there he found a river and his
5182
canoe. He rowed all night until he came to his town. Then
5183
he ate cassava cakes and rested, while the green and gold
5184
and red Lizard [These were "Lizard" folk. They had a
5185
Lizard painted on a great post by the cacique's house.] went
5186
ahead to say that he was coming. Then he rose, right out
5187
of the great water, and there was day again! But we must
5188
know about the sun's town; we, the gods!
5189
5190
Luis and I could have stayed long while and disentangled
5191
this place and loved the doing it.
5192
5193
But it was to return to the Admiral and the waiting ships.
5194
5195
The three tobacco men would go with us to see wonders,
5196
so we returned nine in number along the path. Before we
5197
set out we saw that a storm threatened. All six Indians
5198
were loth to depart until it was over, and the cacique would
5199
have kept us. But Luis and I did not know how long the
5200
bad weather might hold and we must get to the ships. It
5201
was Jerez who told them boastfully that gods did not fear
5202
storms,--specimen of that Spanish folly of ours that worked
5203
harm and harm again!
5204
5205
We traveled until afternoon agreeably enough, then with
5206
great swiftness the clouds climbed and thickened. Sun went
5207
out, air grew dark. The Indians behind us on the path, that
5208
was so narrow that we must tread one after the other, spoke
5209
among themselves, then Diego Colon pushed through marvelously
5210
huge, rich fern to Luis and me. "They say, `will
5211
not the gods tell the clouds to go away?' " But doubt like
5212
a gnome sat in the youth's eye. We had had bad weather off
5213
Isabella, and the gods had had to wait for the sun like
5214
others. By now Diego Colon had seen many and strange
5215
miracles, but he had likewise found limitations, quite numerous
5216
and decisive limitations! He thought that here was
5217
one, and I explained to him that he thought correctly. Europeans
5218
could do many things but this was not among them.
5219
Luis and I watched him tell the Cubans that he, Diego
5220
Colon, had never said that we three were among the highest
5221
gods. Even the great, white-headed, chief god yonder in the
5222
winged canoe was said to be less than some other gods in
5223
heaven which we called Europe, and over all was a High
5224
God who could do everything, scatter clouds, stop thunder
5225
or send thunder, everything! Had we brought our butio
5226
with us he might perhaps have made great magic and helped
5227
things. As it was, we must take luck. That seeming rational
5228
to the Indians, we proceeded, our glory something diminished,
5229
but still sufficient.
5230
5231
The storm climbed and thickened and evidently was to
5232
become a fury. Wind began to whistle, trees to bend, lightnings
5233
to play, thunder to sound. It grew. We stood in
5234
blazing light, thunder almost burst our ears, a tree was riven
5235
a bow-shot away. Great warm rain began to fall. We
5236
could hardly stand against the wind. We were going under
5237
mountainside with a splashing stream below us. Diego
5238
Colon shouted, as he must to get above wind and thunder.
5239
"Hurry! hurry! They know place." All began to run.
5240
After a battle to make way at all, we came to a slope of loose,
5241
small stones and vine and fern. This we climbed, passed
5242
behind a jagged mass of rock, and found a cavern. A
5243
flash lit it for us, then another and another. At mouth
5244
it might be twenty feet across, was deep and narrowed
5245
like a funnel. Panting, we threw ourselves on the cave
5246
floor.
5247
5248
The storm prevailed through the rest of this day and far
5249
into the night. "_Hurricane!_" said the Cubans. "Not great
5250
one, little one!" But we from Spain thought it a great
5251
enough hurricane. The rain fell as though it would make
5252
another flood and in much less than forty days. We must
5253
be silent, for wind and thunder allowed no other choice.
5254
Streams of rain came into the cavern, but we found ledges
5255
curtained by rock. We ate cassava cake and drank from a
5256
runlet of water. The storm made almost night, then actual
5257
night arrived. We curled ourselves up, hugging ourselves
5258
for warmth, and went to sleep.
5259
5260
The third day from the town we came to the sea and the
5261
ships. All seemed well. Our companions had felt the
5262
storm, had tales to tell of wrenched anchors and the _Pinta's_
5263
boat beat almost to pieces, uprooted trees, wind, lightning,
5264
thunder and rain. But they cut short their recital, wishing
5265
to know what we had found.
5266
5267
Luis and I made report to the Admiral. He sat under a
5268
huge tree and around gathered the Pinzons, Fray Ignatio,
5269
Diego de Arana, Roderigo Sanchez and others. We related;
5270
they questioned, we answered; there was discussion; the
5271
Admiral summed up.
5272
5273
But later I spoke to him alone. We were now on ship,
5274
making ready for sailing. We would go eastward, around
5275
this point of Asia, since from what all said it must be
5276
point, and see what was upon the other side. "They all
5277
gesture south! They say `Babeque--Babeque! Bohio!' "
5278
5279
I asked him, "Why is it that these Indians here seem glad
5280
for us to go?"
5281
5282
He sighed impatiently, drawing one hand through the
5283
other, with him a recurring gesture. "It is the women!
5284
Certain of our men--" I saw him look at Gutierrez who
5285
passed.
5286
5287
"Tomaso Passamonte, too," I said.
5288
5289
"Yes. And others. It is the old woe! Now they have
5290
only to kill a man!"
5291
5292
He arraigned short-sightedness. I said, "But still we are
5293
from heaven?"
5294
5295
"Still. But some of the gods--just five or six, say--
5296
have fearful ways!" He laughed, sorrowfully and angrily.
5297
"And you think there is little gold, and that we are very
5298
far from clothed and lettered Asia?"
5299
5300
"So far," I answered, "that I see not why we call these
5301
brown, naked folk Indians."
5302
5303
"What else would you call them?"
5304
5305
"I do not know that."
5306
5307
"Why, then, let us still call them Indians." He drummed
5308
upon the rail before him, then broke out, "Christ! I think
5309
we do esteem hard, present, hand-held gold too much!"
5310
5311
"I say yes to that!"
5312
5313
He said, "We should hold to the joy of Discovery and
5314
great use hereafter--mounting use!"
5315
5316
"Aye."
5317
5318
"Here is virgin land, vast and beautiful, with a clime like
5319
heaven, and room for a hundred colonies such as Greece and
5320
Rome sent out! Here is a docile, unwarlike people ready to
5321
be industrious servitors and peasants, for which we do give
5322
them salvation of their souls! It is all Spain's, the banner
5323
is planted, the names given! We are too impatient! We
5324
cannot have it between dawn and sunset! But look into the
5325
future--there is wealth beyond counting! No great amount
5326
of gold, but enough to show that there is gold."
5327
5328
I followed the working of his mind. It was to smile
5329
somewhat sorrowfully, seeing his great difficulties. He was
5330
the born Discoverer mightily loving Discovery, and watching
5331
the Beloved in her life through time. But he had to
5332
serve Prince Have-it-now, in the city Greed. I said, "Senor,
5333
do not put too much splendor in your journal for the King
5334
and Queen and the Spanish merchants and the Church and
5335
all the chivalry that the ended war releases! Or, if you
5336
prophesy, mark it prophecy. It is a great trouble in the
5337
world that men do not know when one day is talked of or
5338
when is meant great ranges of days! Otherwise you will
5339
have all thirsty Spain sailing for Ophir and Golden Chersonesus,
5340
wealth immediate, gilding Midas where he stands!
5341
If they find disappointment they will not think of the future;
5342
they will smite you!"
5343
5344
I knew that he was writing in that book too ardently,
5345
and that he was even now composing letters to great persons
5346
to be dispatched from what Spanish port he should
5347
first enter, coming back east from west, over Ocean-Sea,
5348
from Asia!
5349
5350
But he had long, long followed his own advice, stood by
5351
his own course. The doing so had so served him that it
5352
was natural he should have confidence. Now he said only,
5353
"I do the best I can! I have little sea room. One Scylla
5354
and Charybdis? Nay, a whole brood of them!"
5355
5356
I could agree to that. I saw it coming up the ways that
5357
they would give him less and less sea room. He went on,
5358
"Merchandise has to be made attractive! The cook dresses
5359
the dish, the girl puts flowers in her hair. . . . Yet, in the
5360
end the wares are mighty beyond description! The dish is
5361
for Pope and King--the girl is a bride for a paladin!"
5362
5363
Again he was right afar and over the great span. But
5364
they would not see in Spain, or not many would see, that
5365
the whole span must be taken. But I was not one to
5366
chide him, seeing that I, too, saw afar, and they would not
5367
see with me either in Spain.
5368
5369
5370
5371
CHAPTER XX
5372
5373
WE sailed for two days east by south. But the
5374
weather that had been perfection for long and
5375
long again from Palos, now was changed. Dead
5376
winds delayed us, the sea ridged, clouds blotted out the
5377
blue. We held on. There was a great cape which we called
5378
Cape Cuba. Off this a storm met us. We lived it out and
5379
made into one of those bottle harbors of which, first and
5380
last, we were to find God knows how many in Cuba!
5381
5382
The Admiral named it Puerto del Principe, and we raised
5383
on shore here a very great cross. We had done this on
5384
every considerable island since San Salvador and now twice
5385
on this coast. There were behind us seven or eight crosses.
5386
The banner planted was the sign of the Sovereignty of Spain,
5387
the cross the sign of Holy Church, Sovereign over sovereigns,
5388
who gave these lands to Spain, as she gave Africa
5389
and the islands to Portugal. We came to a great number
5390
of islets, rivers of clear blue sea between. The ships lay
5391
to and we took boat and went among these. The King's
5392
Gardens, the Admiral called them, and the calm sea between
5393
them and mainland the Sea of Our Lady. They were
5394
thickly wooded, and we thought we found cinnamon, aloes
5395
and mastic. Two lovely days we had in this wilderness
5396
of isles and channels where was no man nor woman at all,
5397
then again we went east and south, the land trending that
5398
way. Very distant, out of eastern waste, rose what seemed
5399
a large island. The Admiral said that we should go discover,
5400
and we changed course toward it, but in three hours'
5401
time met furious weather. The sea rose, clouds like night
5402
closed us in. Night came on without a star and a contrary
5403
wind blew always. When the dawn broke sullenly we were
5404
beaten back to Cuba, and a great promontory against which
5405
truly we might have been dashed stood to our north and
5406
shut out coast of yesterday. Here we hung a day and
5407
night, and then the wind lulling and the sea running not
5408
so high, we made again for that island which might be
5409
Babeque. We had Indians aboard, but the sea and the
5410
whipping and groaning of our masts and rigging and sails
5411
and the pitching of the ship terrified them, and terror made
5412
them dull. They sat with knees drawn up and head buried
5413
in arms and shivered, and knew not Babeque from anything
5414
else.
5415
5416
Christopherus Columbus could be very obstinate. Wishing
5417
strongly to gain that island, through all this day he had
5418
us strive toward it. But the wind was directly ahead and
5419
strong as ten giants. The master and others made representations,
5420
and at last he nodded his gray head and ordered
5421
the _Santa Maria_ put about and the Pinta and the Nina
5422
signaled. The Nina harkened and turned, but the Pinta.
5423
at some distance seemed deaf and blind. Night fell while
5424
still we signaled. We were now for Cuba, and the wind
5425
directly behind us, but yet as long as we could see, the Pinta
5426
chose not to turn. We set lights for signals, but her light
5427
fell farther and farther astern. She was a swifter sailer
5428
than we; there was no reason for that increasing distance.
5429
We lay to, the _Nina_ beside us. Ere long we wholly lost
5430
the Pinta's light. Night passed. When morning broke
5431
Captain Martin Alonso Pinzon and the Pinta were gone.
5432
5433
The sea, though rough, was not too perilous, and never
5434
a signal of distress had been seen nor heard.
5435
5436
"Lost? Is the Pinta lost?"
5437
5438
"Lost! No!--But, yes. Willfully lost!"
5439
5440
It was Roderigo Sanchez who knew not much of the
5441
sea who asked, and the Admiral answered. But having
5442
spoken it that once, he closed his strong lips and coming
5443
down from deck said he would have breakfast. All that
5444
day was guessing and talk enough upon the _Santa Maria_;
5445
silent or slurred talk at last, for toward noon the Admiral
5446
gave sharp order that the Pinta should be left out of
5447
conversation. Captain Martin Pinzon was an able seaman.
5448
Perhaps something (he reminded us of the rudder before
5449
the Canaries) had gone wrong. Captain Pinzon may have
5450
thought the island was the nearer land, or he may have
5451
returned to Cuba, but more to the north than were we. He
5452
looked for the _Pinta_. again in a reasonable time. In the
5453
meantime let it alone!
5454
5455
So soon as the sea allowed, Vicente Pinzon came in his
5456
boat to the Santa Maria, but he seemed as perplexed as we.
5457
He did not know his brother's mind. But Martin Pinzon
5458
forever and always was a good sea captain and a Castilian
5459
of his word, knowing what was proper observance to his
5460
Admiral. If he did this or that, it would be for good reasons.
5461
So Vicente, and the Admiral was cordial with him, and
5462
saw him over rail and down side with cheerful words. He
5463
was cheerful all that day in his speech, cheerful and suave
5464
and prophesying good in many directions. But I knew the
5465
trouble behind that front.
5466
5467
In some ways the _Pinta_ was the best of our ships. Martin
5468
Pinzon was a bold and ready man, and those aboard
5469
with him devoted to his fortunes. He did not lack opinions
5470
of his own, and often they countered the Admiral's.
5471
He was ambitious, and the Admiral's rights were so vast
5472
and inclusive that there seemed not much room to make
5473
name and fame. Much the same with riches! What
5474
Martin Pinzon had loaned would come back to him beyond
5475
doubt, back with high interest and a good deal more.
5476
But still it would seem to him that room was needed. In
5477
his mind he had said perhaps many times to the Admiral,
5478
"Do not claim too much soil! Do not forget that other
5479
trees want to grow!"
5480
5481
Martin Pinzon might have put back to Spain, but who
5482
knew the man would not think that likely. Far more probable
5483
that he might be doing discovery of his own. Perhaps
5484
he would rejoin us later with some splendid thing to his
5485
credit, claim that Spain could not deny!
5486
5487
Cuba coast rose high and near. It is a shore of the fairest
5488
harbors! We made one of these into which emptied a little
5489
river. He named haven and river Saint Catherine. In the
5490
bed of this stream, when we went ashore, we found no little
5491
gold. He took in his hand grains and flakes and one or
5492
two pieces large as beans. It was royal monopoly, gold, and
5493
every man under strict command--to bring to the Admiral
5494
all that was found. Seamen and companions gathered
5495
around him, Admiral, Viceroy and Governor, King Croesus
5496
to be, a tenth of all gold and spoil filling his purse! And
5497
they, too, surely some way they would be largely paid! The
5498
dream hovered, then descended upon us, as many a time it
5499
descended. Great riches and happiness and all clothed in
5500
silk, and every man as he would be and not as he was, a
5501
dim magnificence and a sense of trumpets in the air, acclaiming
5502
us! I remember that day that we all felt this mystic
5503
power and wealth, the Admiral and all of us. For a short
5504
time, there by Saint Catherine's River, we were brought into
5505
harmony. Then it broke and each little self went its way
5506
again. But for that while eighty men had felt as though
5507
we were a country and more than a country. The gold
5508
in the Admiral's hand might have been gold of consciousness.
5509
5510
After this day for days we sailed along Cuba strand,
5511
seeing many a fair haven and entering two or three. There
5512
were villages, and those dusk, naked folk to whom by now
5513
we were well used, running to beach or cliff brow, making
5514
signs, seeming to cry, "Heaven come down, heaven, heaven
5515
and the gods!" The notion of a sail had never come to
5516
them, though with their cotton they might have made them.
5517
They were slow to learn that the wind pushed us, acting
5518
like a thousand tireless rowers. We were thrillingly new to
5519
them and altogether magical. To any seeing eye a ship under
5520
full sail is a beautiful, stately, thrilling thing! To these
5521
red men there was a perilous joy in the vision. If to us in
5522
the ships there hung in this voyage something mystic, hidden,
5523
full of possibility, inch by inch to unroll, throbbing all
5524
with the future which is the supernatural, be sure these, too,
5525
who were found and discovered, moved in a cloud of mystery
5526
torn by strange lightnings!
5527
5528
Sometimes we came into haven, dropped anchor and lowered
5529
sails, whereupon those on the shore again cried out.
5530
When we took our boats and went to land we met always
5531
the same reception, found much the same village, carried on
5532
much the same conversations. Little by little we collected
5533
gold. By now, within the Admiral's chest, in canvas bags,
5534
rested not a little treasure for Queen Isabella and King
5535
Ferdinand. And though it was forbidden, I knew that many
5536
of our seamen hid gold. All told we found enough to whet
5537
appetite. But still the Indians said south, and Babeque and
5538
Bohio!
5539
5540
At last we had sailed to the very eastern end of Cuba and
5541
turned it as we might turn the heel of Italy. A great spur
5542
that ran into the ocean the Admiral dubbed Alpha and
5543
Omega, and we planted a cross.
5544
5545
It fell to me here to save the Admiral's life.
5546
5547
We had upon the _Santa Maria_ a man named Felipe who
5548
seemed a simple, God-fearing soul, very attentive to Fray
5549
Ignatio and all the offices of religion. He was rather a silent
5550
fellow and a slow, poor worker, often in trouble with boatswain
5551
and master. He said odd things and sometimes wept
5552
for his soul, and the forecastle laughed at him. This man
5553
became in a night mad.
5554
5555
It was middle night. The _Santa Maria_ swung at anchor
5556
and the whole world seemed a just-breathing stillness.
5557
There was the watch, but all else slept. The watch, looking
5558
at Cuba and the moon on the water, did not observe Felipe
5559
when he crept from forecastle with a long, sharp two-edged
5560
knife such as they sell in Toledo.
5561
5562
Juan Lepe woke from first sleep and could not recover
5563
it. He found Bernardo Nunez's small, small cabin stifling,
5564
and at last he got up, put on garments, and slipped forth
5565
and through great cabin to outer air. He might have found
5566
the Admiral there before him, for he slept little and was
5567
about the ship at all hours, but to-night he did sleep.
5568
5569
I spoke to the watch, then set myself down at break of
5570
poop to breathe the splendor of the night. The moon bathed
5571
Alpha and Omega, and the two ships, the _Nina_ and the Santa
5572
Maria. It washed the Pinta but we saw it not, not knowing
5573
where rode the Pinta and Martin Alonzo Pinzon. So bright,
5574
so pleasureable, was the night!
5575
5576
An hour passed. My body was cooled and refreshed,
5577
my spirit quiet. Rising, I entered great cabin on my way
5578
to bed and sleep. I felt that the cabin was not empty, and
5579
then, there being moonlight enough, I saw the figure by the
5580
Admiral's door. "Who is it?" I demanded, but the unbolted
5581
door gave to the man's push, and he disappeared. I
5582
knew it was not the Admiral and I followed at a bound. The
5583
cabin had a window and the moonbeams came in. They
5584
showed Felipe and his knife and the great Genoese asleep.
5585
The madman laughed and crooned, then lifted that Toledo
5586
dagger and lunged downward with a sinewy arm. But I
5587
was upon him. The blow fell, but a foot wide of mark.
5588
There was a struggle, a shout. The Admiral, opening eyes,
5589
sprang from bed.
5590
5591
He was a powerful man, and I, too, had strength, but
5592
Felipe fought and struggled like a desert lion. He kept
5593
crying, "I am the King! I will send him to discover Heaven!
5594
I will send him to join the prophets!" At last we had him
5595
down and bound him. By now the noise had brought the
5596
watch and others. A dozen men came crowding in, in the
5597
moonlight. We took the madman away and kept him fast,
5598
and Juan Lepe tried to cure him but could not. In three
5599
days he died and we buried him at sea. And Fernando,
5600
creeping to me, asked, "senor, don't you feel at times that
5601
there is madness over all this ship and this voyage and _him_
5602
--the Admiral, I mean?"
5603
5604
I answered him that it was a pity there were so few
5605
madmen, and that Felipe must have been quite sane.
5606
5607
"Then what do you think was the matter with Felipe,
5608
Senor?"
5609
5610
I said, "Did it ever occur to you, Fernando, that you had
5611
too much courage and saw too far?" At which he looked
5612
frightened, and said that at times he had felt those symptoms.
5613
5614
5615
5616
CHAPTER XXI
5617
5618
MARTIN PINZON did not return to us. That tall,
5619
blond sea captain was gone we knew not where. The
5620
_Santa Maria_ and the Nina sailed south along the foot
5621
of Cuba. But now rose out of ocean on our southeast quarter
5622
a great island with fair mountain shapes. We asked
5623
our Indians--we had five aboard beside Diego Colon--
5624
what it was. "Bohio! Bohio!" But when we came there,
5625
its own inhabitants called it Hayti and Quisquaya.
5626
5627
The Admiral paced our deck, small as a turret chamber,
5628
his hands behind him, his mind upon some great chart drawn
5629
within, not without. At last, having decided, he called Juan
5630
de la Cosa. "We will go to Bohio."
5631
5632
So it was done whereby much was done, the Woman with
5633
the distaff spinning fast, fast!
5634
5635
As this island lifted out of ocean, we who had said of
5636
Cuba, "It is the fairest!" now said, "No, this is the fairest!"
5637
It was most beautiful, with mountains and forests and
5638
vales and plains and rivers.
5639
5640
The twelfth day of December we came to anchor in a
5641
harbor which the Admiral named Concepcion.
5642
5643
On this shore the Indians fled from us. We found a
5644
village, but quite deserted. Not a woman, not a man, not a
5645
child! Only three or four of those silent dogs, and a great
5646
red and green parrot that screamed but said nothing.
5647
There was something in this day, I know not what,
5648
but it made itself felt. The Admiral, kneeling, kissed the
5649
soil, and he named the island Hispaniola, and we planted a
5650
cross.
5651
5652
For long we had been beaten about, and all aboard the
5653
ships were well willing to leave them for a little. We had
5654
a dozen sick and they craved the shore and the fruit trees.
5655
Our Indians, too, longed. So we anchored, and mariners
5656
and all adventurers rested from the sea. A few at a time,
5657
the villagers returned, and fearfully enough at first. But
5658
we had harmed nothing, and what greatness and gentleness
5659
was in us we showed it here. Presently all thought they
5660
were at home with us, and that heaven bred the finest folk!
5661
5662
Our people of Hispaniola, subjects now, since the planting
5663
of the flag, were taller, handsomer, we thought, than the
5664
Cubans, and more advanced in the arts. Their houses were
5665
neat and good, and their gardens weeded and well-stocked.
5666
The men wore loin cloths, the women a wide cotton girdle or
5667
little skirt. We found three or four copper knives, but
5668
again they said that they came from the south. As in Spain
5669
"west--west" had been his word, so now the Admiral
5670
brooded upon south.
5671
5672
These folk had a very little gold, but they seemed to say
5673
that theirs was a simple and poor village, and that we should
5674
find more of all things farther on. So we left Concepcion,
5675
the cross upon the rock showing a long way through the pure
5676
air.
5677
5678
For two days we coasted, and at the end of this time we
5679
came to a harbor of great beauty and back from it ran a
5680
vale like Paradise, so richly sweet it was! Christopherus
5681
Columbus was quick to find beauty and loved it when found.
5682
Often and often have I seen his face turn that of a child
5683
or a youth, filled with wonder. I have seen him kiss a
5684
flower, lay a caress upon stem of tree, yearn toward palm
5685
tops against the blue. He was well read in the old poets,
5686
and he himself was a poet though he wrote no line of verse.
5687
5688
We entered here and came to anchor and the sails rattled
5689
down. "Hispaniola--Hispaniola, and we will call this
5690
harbor St. Thomas! He was the Apostle to India. And
5691
now we are his younger brothers come after long folding
5692
away. Were we more--did we have a fleet--we might
5693
set a city here and, it being Christmas, call it La Navidad!"
5694
Out came the canoes to us, out the swimmers, dark and
5695
graceful figures cleaving the utter blue. Some one passing
5696
that way overland, hurrying with news, had told these villages
5697
how peaceful, noble, benevolent, beneficent we were.
5698
5699
The canoes were heaped with fruit and cassava bread, and
5700
they had cotton, not in balls, but woven in pieces. And
5701
these Indians had about neck or in ear some bits of gold.
5702
These they changed cheerfully, taking and valuing what
5703
trifle was given. "Gold. Where do you get your gold?
5704
Do you know of Cipango or Cathay or India? Have ever
5705
you heard of Zaiton, or of Quinsai and Cublai Khan?"
5706
They gave us answers which we could not fully understand,
5707
and gestured inland and a little to the east. "Cibao! Cibao!"
5708
They seemed to say that there was all the gold
5709
there that a reasonable mortal might desire. "Cibao?--
5710
Cipango?" said the Admiral. "They might be the same."
5711
5712
"Like Cuba and Cublai Khan," thought Juan Lepe.
5713
5714
Around a point of shore darted a long canoe with many
5715
rowers. Other canoes gave way for it, and the Indians already
5716
upon the _Santa Maria_ exclaimed that it was the
5717
boat of the cacique, though not the cacique but his brother
5718
sat in it. Guacanagari was the cacique. His town was
5719
yonder! They pointed to a misty headland beyond St.
5720
Thomas's bay.
5721
5722
The Indian from the great canoe came aboard, a handsome
5723
fellow, and he brought presents not like any we had
5724
seen. There was a width of cotton embroidered thick with
5725
bits of gleaming shell and bone, but what was most welcome
5726
was a huge wooden mask with eyes and tongue of gold.
5727
Fray Ignatio crossed himself. "The devil they worship,--
5728
poor lost sheep!" The third gift was a considerable piece
5729
of that mixed and imperfect gold which afterwards we
5730
called guanin. And would we go to visit the cacique whose
5731
town was not so far yonder?
5732
5733
It was Christmas Eve. We sailed with a small, small
5734
wind for the cacique's village, out from harbor of St.
5735
Thomas, around a headland and along a low, bright green
5736
shore. So low and fitful was the wind that we moved
5737
like two great snails. Better to have left the ships and gone,
5738
so many of us, in our boats with oars, canoes convoying us!
5739
The distance was not great, but distance is as the power
5740
of going. "I remember," quoth the Admiral, "a calm,
5741
going from the Levant to Crete, and our water cask broken
5742
and not a mouthful for a soul aboard! That was a long,
5743
long two days while the one shore went no further and the
5744
other came no nearer. And going once to Porto Santo
5745
with my wife she fell ill and moaned for the land, and we
5746
were held as by the sea bottom, and I thought she would die
5747
who might be saved if she could have the land. And I remember
5748
going down the African coast with Santanem--"
5749
5750
Diego de Arana said, "You have had a full life, senor!"
5751
5752
He was cousin, I had been told, to that Dona Beatrix
5753
whom the Admiral cherished, mother of his youngest son,
5754
Fernando. The Admiral had affection for him, and Diego
5755
de Arana lived and died, a good, loyal man. "A full outward
5756
life," he went on, "and I dare swear, a full inward
5757
one!"
5758
5759
"That is God's truth!" said the Admiral. "You may
5760
well say that, senor! Inside I have lived with all who have
5761
lived, and discovered with all who have discovered!"
5762
5763
I remember as a dream this last day upon the _Santa Maria_.
5764
Beltran the cook had scalded his arm. I dressed it each
5765
day, and dressing it now, half a dozen idling by, watching
5766
the operation, I heard again a kind of talk that I had heard
5767
before. Partly because I had shipped as Juan Lepe an
5768
Andalusian sailor and had had my forecastle days, and
5769
partly because men rarely fear to speak to a physician, and
5770
partly because in the great whole there existed liking between
5771
them and me, they talked and discussed freely enough
5772
what any other from the other end of ship could have
5773
come at only by formal questioning. Now many of the
5774
seamen wanted to know when we were returning to Palos,
5775
and another number said that they would just as soon never
5776
return, or at least not for a good while! But they did not
5777
wish to spend that good while upon the ship. It was a
5778
good land, and the heathen also good. The heathen might
5779
all be going to burn in hell, unless Fray Ignatio could get
5780
them baptized in time, and so numerous were they that
5781
seemed hardly possible! Almost all might have to go to hell.
5782
But in the meantime, here on earth, they had their uses, and
5783
one could even grow fond of them--certainly fond of the
5784
women. The heathen were eager to work for us, catch
5785
us coneys, bring us gold, put hammocks for us between
5786
trees and say "Sleep, senor, sleep!" Here even Tomaso
5787
Passamonte was "senor" and "Don." And as for the
5788
women--only the skin is dark--they were warm-hearted!
5789
Gold and women and never any cold nor hunger nor toil!
5790
The heathen to toil for you--and they could be taught to
5791
make wine, with all these grapes dangling everywhere?
5792
Heathen could do the gathering and pressing, and also the
5793
gold hunting in rocks and streams. Spain would furnish the
5794
mind and the habit of command. It were well to stay and
5795
cultivate Hispaniola! The Admiral and those who wanted
5796
to might take home the ships. Of course the Admiral would
5797
come again, and with him ships and many men. No one
5798
wanted, of course, never to see again Castile and Palos
5799
and his family! But to stay in Hispaniola a while and
5800
rest and grow rich,--that was what they wanted. And no
5801
one could justly call them idle! If they found out all about
5802
the land and where were the gold and the spices, was there
5803
not use in that, just as much use as wandering forever on
5804
the _Santa Maria_?
5805
5806
Mother earth was kind, kind, here, and she didn't have a
5807
rod like mother country and Mother Church! They did not
5808
say this last, but it was what they meant.
5809
5810
"You don't see the rod, that is all," said Juan Lepe.
5811
5812
But there had eventually to be colonies, and I knew that
5813
the Admiral was revolving in his head the leaving in this
5814
new world certain of our men, seed corn as it were, organs
5815
also to gather knowledge against his speedy return with
5816
power of ships and men. For surely Spain would be
5817
grateful,--surely, surely! But he was not ready yet to set
5818
sail for Spain. He meant to discover more, discover further,
5819
come if by any means he could to the actual wealth of great,
5820
main India; come perhaps to Zaiton, where are more merchants
5821
than in all the rest of the world, and a hundred
5822
master ships laden with pepper enter every year; or to
5823
Quinsai of the marble bridges. No, he was not ready to
5824
turn prow to Spain, and he was not likely to bleed himself
5825
of men, now or for many days to come. All these who
5826
would lie in hammocks ashore must wait awhile, and even
5827
when they made their colony, that is not the way that colonies
5828
live and grow.
5829
5830
Beltran said, "Some of you would like to do a little
5831
good, and some are for a sow's life!"
5832
5833
It was Christmas Eve, and we had our vespers, and we
5834
thought of the day at home in Castile and in Italy. Dusk
5835
drew down. Behind us was the deep, secure water of
5836
St. Thomas, his harbor. The Admiral had us sound and
5837
the lead showed no great depth, whereupon we stood a little
5838
out to avoid shoal or bar.
5839
5840
For some nights the Admiral had been wakeful, suffering,
5841
as Juan Lepe knew, with that gout which at times troubled
5842
him like a very demon. But this night he slept. Juan de la
5843
Cosa set the watch. The helmsman was Sancho Ruiz than
5844
whom none was better, save only that he would take a risk
5845
when he pleased. All others slept. The day had been long,
5846
so warm, still and idle, with the wooded shore stealing so
5847
slowly by.
5848
5849
Early in the night Sancho Ruiz was taken with a great
5850
cramp and a swimming of the head. He called to one of
5851
the watch to come take the helm for a little, but none answered;
5852
called again and a ship boy sleeping near, uncurled
5853
himself, stretched, and came to hand. "It's all safe, and
5854
the Admiral sleeping and the master sleeping and the watch
5855
also!" said the boy. Pedro Acevedo it was, a well-enough
5856
meaning young wretch.
5857
5858
Sancho Ruiz put helm in his hand. "Keep her so, while I
5859
lie down here for a little. My head is moving faster than
5860
the _Santa Maria_!"
5861
5862
He lay down, and the swimming made him close his
5863
eyes, and closed eyes and the disappearance of his pain, and
5864
pleasant resting on deck caused him to sleep. Pedro Acevedo
5865
held the wheel and looked at the moon. Then the
5866
wind chose to change, blowing still very lightly but bearing
5867
us now toward shore, and Pedro never noticing this grow
5868
larger. He was looking at the moon, he afterwards said
5869
with tears, and thinking of Christ born in Bethlehem.
5870
5871
The shore came nearer and nearer. Sancho Ruiz slept.
5872
Pedro now heard a sound that he knew well enough. Coming
5873
back to here and now, he looked and saw breakers upon a
5874
long sand bar. The making tide was at half, and that and
5875
the changed wind carried us toward the lines of foam. The
5876
boy cried, "Steersman! Steersman!" Ruiz sat up, holding
5877
his head in his hands. "Such a roaring in my ears!"
5878
But "Breakers! Breakers!" cried the boy. "Take the
5879
helm!"
5880
5881
Ruiz sprang to it, but as he touched it the _Santa Maria_
5882
grounded. The shock woke most on board, the immediate
5883
outcry and running feet the rest.
5884
5885
The harm was done, and no good now in recriminations!
5886
It was never, I bear witness, habit of Christopherus Columbus.
5887
5888
The Santa Maria listed heavily, the sea pounding against
5889
her, driving her more and more upon the sand. But order
5890
arrived with the Admiral. The master grew his lieutenant,
5891
the mariners his obedient ones. Back he was at thirty, with a
5892
shipwreck who had seen many and knew how to toil with
5893
hands and with head. Moreover, the great genius of the
5894
man shone in darkness. He could encourage; he could
5895
bring coolness.
5896
5897
We tried to warp her off, but it was not to be done. We
5898
cut away mast to lighten her, but more and more she grew
5899
fast to the bank, the waves striking all her side, pushing her
5900
over. Seams had opened, water was coming in. The _Nina_ a
5901
mile away took our signal and came nearer, lay to, and sent
5902
her boat.
5903
5904
The Santa Maria, it was seen, was dying. Nothing more
5905
was to be done. Her mariners could only cling to her like
5906
bees to comb. We got the two boats clear and there was the
5907
boat of the Nina. Missioned by the Admiral, Juan Lepe
5908
got somehow into cabin, together with Sancho and Luis
5909
Torres, and we collected maps and charts, log, journal, box
5910
with royal letters and the small bags of gold, and the Admiral's
5911
personal belongings, putting all into a great sack
5912
and caring for it, until upon the _Nina_ we gave it into his
5913
hand. Above us rang the cry, "All off!"
5914
5915
From Christopherus Columbus to Pedro Acevedo all left
5916
the Santa Maria and were received by the Nina. Crowded,
5917
crowded was the Nina! Down voyaged the moon, up came
5918
with freshness the rose-chapleted dawn. A wreck lay the
5919
Santa Maria, painted against the east, about her a low thunder
5920
of breakers. Where was the _Pinta_ no man knew! Perhaps
5921
halfway back to Spain or perhaps wrecked and drowned
5922
like the flagship. The Nina, a small, small ship and none too
5923
seaworthy, carried all of Europe and Discovery.
5924
5925
5926
5927
CHAPTER XXII
5928
5929
IN the small, small cabin of the _Nina_ Christopherus Columbus
5930
sat for a time with his head bowed in his arms,
5931
then rose and made up a mission to go to the cacique
5932
Guacanagari and, relating our misfortune, request aid and
5933
shelter until we had determined upon our course. There
5934
went Diego de Arana and Pedro Gutierrez with Luis Torres
5935
and one or two more, and they took Diego Colon and the
5936
two St. Thomas Indians. It was now full light, the shore
5937
and mountains green as emerald, the water its old unearthly
5938
blue.
5939
5940
The _Nina_ swung at anchor just under the land and the
5941
now receding tide uncovered more and more those sands
5942
where the Santa Maria lay huddled and dying. The Admiral
5943
gazed, and the tears ran down his face. He was so great
5944
that he never thought to hide just emotion. He spoke as
5945
though to himself. "Many sins have I, many, many! But
5946
thou wilt not, O God, cast me utterly away because of them!
5947
I will not doubt Thee, nor my calling!"
5948
5949
There was little space about him. The _Nina_ seemed to
5950
quiver, packed and dark with men. His deep voice went on,
5951
and they could hear him, but he did not seem to know that
5952
they were there. "As though upon a raft, here a thousand
5953
leagues in Ocean-Sea! Yet wilt Thou care for thy Good
5954
News. I will come to Spain, and I will tell it. Chosen, and
5955
almost by very name pointed out in Thy Book! The first
5956
Christian shore that I touch I will walk barefoot and in my
5957
shirt at the head of twelve to the first shrine. And, O my
5958
Lord, never more will I forget that that tomb in which
5959
thou didst rest, still, still is held by the infidel!" He beat
5960
his breast. "_Mea culpa! mea culpa!_"
5961
5962
His voice sank, he looked at the sky, then with a turn
5963
of the wrist at the wheel he put that by and became again
5964
the vigilant Admiral of a fleet of one. "She will hold together
5965
yet a while! When the tide is out, we can get to her
5966
and empty her. Take all ashore that can be carried or floated
5967
and may be of use. Up and down--down and up!"
5968
5969
The inhabitants of Hispaniola were now about us in
5970
canoes or swimming. They seemed to cry out in distress
5971
and sympathy, gazing at the _Santa Maria_ as though it were
5972
a god dying there. Their own canoes were living things to
5973
them as is any ship to a mariner, and by analogy our great
5974
canoe was a Being dying, more of a Being than theirs, because
5975
it had wings and could open and fold them. And
5976
then back came our boat with Diego de Arana and the others,
5977
and they had with them that same brother of the cacique who
5978
had come to us in St. Thomas Harbor. And had we been
5979
wrecked off Palos, not Palos could have showed more concern
5980
or been more ready to help than were these men.
5981
5982
We had three boats and the Indian canoes and hands
5983
enough, white and copper-hued. Now at low tide, we could
5984
approach and enter the _Santa Maria_. A great breach had
5985
been made and water was deep in her hold, but we could
5986
get at much of casks and chests, and could take away sails
5987
and cordage, even her two cannon. Eventually, as she broke
5988
up, we might float away to shore much of her timber. When
5989
I looked from the wreck to the little Nina, I could see,
5990
limned as it were in air, the Viceroy's first colony, set in
5991
Hispaniola, beside Guacanagari's town. All Christmas day
5992
we toiled and the Indians at our side. We found them ready,
5993
not without skill, gay and biddable.
5994
5995
Toward sunset came Guacanagari. All the little shore was
5996
strewn and heaped with our matters. And here I will say
5997
that no Indian stole that day though he might have stolen,
5998
and though our possessions seemed to him great wonders
5999
and treasure beyond estimation. What was brought from
6000
the _Santa Maria_ lay in heaps and our men came and went.
6001
The most of our force was ashore or in the boats; only so
6002
many on the Nina. The Admiral, just returned to the ship,
6003
stretched himself upon the bench in her small cabin. Powerful
6004
was his frame and constitution, and powerfully tried
6005
all his life with a thousand strains and buffetings! It seemed
6006
still to hold; he looked a muscular, sinewy, strong and ruddy
6007
man. But there were signs that a careful eye might find.
6008
He lay upon the bench in the cabin and I, who was his
6009
physician, brought him wine and biscuit and made him eat
6010
and drink who, I knew, had not touched food since the
6011
evening before; after which I told him to close eyes and
6012
go away to Genoa and boyhood. He shut them, and I sitting
6013
near brought my will as best I could to the quieting
6014
of all heavy and sorrowful waves.
6015
6016
But then the cacique came. So small was the _Nina_ that
6017
we could hear well enough the word of his arrival. The
6018
Admiral opened his eyes and sat stiffly up. He groaned
6019
and took his head into his hands, then dropped these and
6020
with a shake of his shoulders resumed command. So many
6021
and grievous a sea had dashed over him and retreated and
6022
he had stood! What he said now was, "The tide of the
6023
spirit goes out; the tide comes back in. Let it come back a
6024
spring tide!"
6025
6026
Guacanagari entered. This cacique, whose fortunes now
6027
began to be intertwined with ours, had his likeness, so far
6028
as went state and custom, to that Cuban chieftain whom Luis
6029
Torres and I had visited. But this was an easier, less
6030
strongly fibred person, a big, amiable, indolent man with
6031
some quality of a great dog who, accepting you and
6032
becoming your friend, may never be estranged. He was
6033
brave after his fashion, gifted enough in simple things. In
6034
Europe he would have been an. easy, well-liked prince or
6035
duke of no great territory. He kept a simple state, wore
6036
some slight apparel of cotton and a golden necklet. He
6037
brought gifts and an unfeigned sympathy for that death
6038
upon the sand bar.
6039
6040
He and the Admiral sat and talked together. "Gods
6041
from heaven?"--"Christian men and from Europe," and
6042
we could not make him, at this time, understand that that
6043
was not the same thing. We began to comprehend that
6044
"heaven" was a word of many levels, and that they ascribed
6045
to it everything that they chose to consider good and that
6046
was manifestly out of the range of their experience.
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
Back to Full Books
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
1492
6059
by
6060
Mary Johnston
6061
Part 4 out of 7
6062
6063
    FullBooks.com homepage
6064
    Index of 1492
6065
    Previous part (3)
6066
    Next part (5)
6067
6068
6069
6070
In his turn the Admiral was ready for all that Guacanagari
6071
could tell him. "Gold?" His eyes were upon the
6072
Indian's necklet. Removing it, the cacique laid it in the
6073
god's hand. All Indians now understood that we made
6074
high magic with gold, getting out of it virtues beyond their
6075
comprehension. In return the Admiral gave him a small
6076
brazen gong and hammer. "Where did they get the gold?"
6077
Again like the Cuban chief this cacique waved his hand to
6078
the mountains. "Cibao!" and then turning he too pointed
6079
to the south. "Much gold there," said Diego Colon. "Inland,
6080
in the mountains," quoth the Admiral, "and evidently,
6081
in very great quantity, in some land to the south! This is
6082
not Cipango, but I think that Cipango lies to the south."
6083
He asked who ruled Hayti that we called Hispaniola. We
6084
understood that there were a number of caciques, but that
6085
for a day's journey every way it was Guacanagari's country.
6086
6087
"A cacique who ruled them all?" No, there was no such
6088
thing.
6089
6090
"Had ships like ours and clothed men ever before come
6091
to them?"
6092
6093
No, never! But then he seemed to say that there was
6094
undoubtedly a tradition. Gods had come, and would come
6095
again, and when they did so great things would follow!
6096
But no cacique nor priest nor any knew when the gods
6097
had come.
6098
6099
The Admiral made some question of Caribs. Again there
6100
was gesture southward, though it seemed to us that something
6101
was said of folk within this great island who were
6102
at least like Caribs. And where was the most gold and
6103
the greatest other wealth that they knew of? Again south,
6104
though this time we thought it rather south by west. The
6105
Admiral sighed, and spoke of Cuba. Yes, Guacanagari
6106
knew of Cuba. Had it end far yonder to the westward, or
6107
no end? Had any one ever come to its end? The cacique
6108
thought not, or knew not and assumed deliberation. Luis
6109
and I agreed that we had not met among these Indians
6110
any true notion of a continent. To them Hayti was vast,
6111
Cuba was vast, the lands of the Caribs, wherever they were,
6112
were vast, and vast whatever other islands there might be.
6113
To them this was the _OEcumene_, the inhabited and inhabitable
6114
world, Europe--Asia--Africa? Their faces stayed
6115
blank. Were these divisions of heaven?
6116
6117
Guacanagari would entertain and succor us. This canoe
6118
--oh, the huge marvel!--was too crowded! Yonder lay his
6119
town. All the houses that we might want were ours, all
6120
the hammocks, all the food. And he would feast the gods.
6121
That had been preparing since yesterday, A feast with
6122
dancing. He hoped the great cacique and his people from
6123
far nearer heaven than was Guacanagari would live as long
6124
as might be in his town. Guarico was his town. A big,
6125
easy, amiable, likeable man, he sat in nakedness only not
6126
utter, save for that much like a big hidalgo offering sympathy
6127
and shelter to some fire-ousted or foe-ousted prince!
6128
As for the part of prince it was not hard for the Admiral
6129
to play it. He was one naturally.
6130
6131
He thanked the cacique to whom, I could see, he had taken
6132
liking. Seven houses would be enough. To-night some of
6133
us would sleep upon the beach beside the heaped goods.
6134
To-morrow we would visit Guacanapri. The big, lazy,
6135
peaceable man expressed his pleasure, then with a wide and
6136
dignified gesture dismissing all that, asked to be shown
6137
marvels.
6138
6139
6140
6141
CHAPTER XXIII
6142
6143
GUACANAGARI'S town was much perhaps as was
6144
Goth town, Frank town, Saxon town, Latin town,
6145
sufficient time ago. As for clothed and unclothed,
6146
that may be to some degree a matter of cold or warm
6147
weather. We had not seen that ever it was cold in this
6148
land.
6149
6150
Guacanagari feasted us with great dignity and earnestness,
6151
for he and his people held it a momentous thing our
6152
coming here, our being here. Utias we had and iguana,
6153
fish, cassava bread, potato, many a delicious fruit, and
6154
that mild drink that they made. And we had calabashes,
6155
trenchers and fingers, stone knives with which certain officers
6156
of the feast decorously divided the meat, small gourds for
6157
cups, water for cleansing, napkins of broad leaves. It was
6158
a great and comely feast. But before the feast, as in Cuba,
6159
the dance.
6160
6161
I should say that three hundred young men and maidens
6162
danced. They advanced, they retreated, they cowered, they
6163
pressed forward. They made supplication, arms to heaven
6164
or forehead to ground, they received, they were grateful,
6165
they circled fast in ease of mind, they hungered again and
6166
were filled again, they flowed together, they made a great
6167
square, chanting proudly!
6168
6169
Fray Ignatio beside me glowered, so far as so good a
6170
man could glower. But Juan Lepe said, "It is doubt and
6171
difficulty, approach, reconciliation, holy triumph! They
6172
are acting out long pilgrimages and arrivals at sacred cities
6173
and hopes for greater cities. It is much the same as in
6174
Seville or Rome!" Whereupon he looked at me in astonishment,
6175
and Jayme de Marchena said to Juan Lepe, "Hold
6176
thy tongue!"
6177
6178
Dance and the feast over, it became the Admiral's turn.
6179
He was set not to seem dejected, not to give any Spaniard
6180
nor any Indian reason to say, "This Genoese--or this
6181
god--does not sustain misfortune!" But he sat calm,
6182
pleased with all; brotherly, fatherly, by that big, easy,
6183
contented cacique. Now he would furnish the entertainment!
6184
Among us we had one Diego Minas, a huge man and as
6185
mighty a bowman as any in Flanders or England. Him
6186
the Admiral now put forward with his great crossbow and
6187
long arrows. A stir ran around. "Carib! Carib!" We
6188
made out that those mysterious Caribs had bows and arrows,
6189
though not great ones like this. Guacanagari employed
6190
gestures and words that Luis Torres and I strove
6191
to understand. We gathered that several times in the
6192
memory of man the Caribs had come in many canoes, warred
6193
dreadfully, killed and taken away. More than that, somewhere
6194
in Hayti or Quisquaya or Hispaniola were certain
6195
people who knew the weapon. "Caonabo!" He repeated
6196
the name with respect and disliking. "Caonabo, Caonabo!"
6197
Perhaps the Caribs had made a settlement.
6198
6199
Diego fastened a leaf upon the bark of a tree and from
6200
a great distance transfixed it with an arrow, then in succession
6201
sent four others against the trunk, making precisely
6202
the form of a cross. The Indians cried, "Hai! Hai!"
6203
But when the four harquebus men set up their iron rests,
6204
fixed the harquebuses, and firing cut leaves and twigs from
6205
the same tree, there was a louder crying. And when there
6206
was dragged forth, charged with powder and fired, one of
6207
the lombards taken from the _Santa Maria_, wider yet sprang
6208
the commotion. Pedro Gutierrez and a young cavalier from
6209
the _Nina_ deigned to show lance play, and Vicente Pinzon
6210
who had served against the Moors took a great sword and
6211
with it carved calabashes and severed green boughs. The
6212
sword was very marvelous to them. We might have danced
6213
for them for Spain knows how to dance, or we might have
6214
sung for them, for our mariners sing at sea. But these
6215
were not the superior things we wished to show them.
6216
6217
Guacanagari, big and easy and gentle, said, "Live here,
6218
you who are so great and good! We will take you into
6219
the people. We shall be brothers." We understood them
6220
that the great white heron was their guardian spirit and
6221
would be ours. I said, "They do not think of it as just
6222
those stalking, stilly standing birds! It is a name for something
6223
hovering, brooding, caring for them."
6224
6225
The Viceroy spoke with energy. "Tell them of Father,
6226
Son and Holy Ghost!"
6227
6228
Fray Ignatio stood and spoke, gentle and plain. Diego
6229
Colon made what headway he could. Guacanagari listened,
6230
attentive. The Franciscan had a certainty that presently
6231
he might begin to baptize. His face glowed. I heard him
6232
say to the Admiral, "If it be possible, senor, leave me
6233
here when you return to Spain! I will convert this chief
6234
and all his people--by the time you come again there shall
6235
be a church!"
6236
6237
"Let me ponder it yet a while," answered the other.
6238
6239
He was thoughtful when he went back to the _Nina_.
6240
Vicente Pinzon, too, was anxious for light. "This ship
6241
is crowded to sinking! If we meet wretched weather, or if
6242
sickness break out, returning, we shall be in bad case!"
6243
Roderigo Sanchez also had his word. "Is it not very important,
6244
senor, that we should get the tidings to the Sovereigns?
6245
And we have now just this one small ship, and so
6246
far to go, and all manner of dangers!"
6247
6248
"Aye, it is important!" said the Admiral. "Let me
6249
think it out, senor."
6250
6251
He had not slept at all, thought Juan Lepe, when next
6252
morning he came among us. But be looked resolved, hardy
6253
to accomplish. He had his plan, and he gave it to us in
6254
his deep voice that always thrilled with much beside the
6255
momentary utterance. We would build a fort here on shore,
6256
hard by this village, felling wood for it and using also the
6257
timbers of the _Santa Maria_. We would mount there her
6258
two guns and provide an arsenal with powder, shot, harquebuses
6259
and bows. Build a fort and call it La Navidad, because
6260
of Christmas day when was the wreck. It should
6261
have a garrison of certainly thirty men, a man for each
6262
year of Our Lord's life when He began his mission. So
6263
many placed in Hispaniola would much lighten the _Nina_,
6264
which indeed must be lightened in order with safety to recross Ocean-Sea. For yes, we would go back to
6265
Palos!
6266
Go, and come again with many and better ships, with hidalgos
6267
and missionary priests, and very many men! In the
6268
meantime so many should stay at La Navidad.
6269
6270
"In less than a year--much less, I promise it--I the
6271
Admiral will be here again at La Navidad, when will come
6272
happy greeting between brothers in the greatest service of
6273
our own or many ages! Sea and land, God will keep us
6274
so long as we are His!"
6275
6276
All loved Christopherus Columbus that day. None was to
6277
be forced to stay at La Navidad. It was easy to gain
6278
thirty; in the end there tarried thirty-eight.
6279
6280
The building of the fort became a pleasurable enterprise.
6281
We broke up with singing the Santa Maria, and
6282
with her bones built the walls. Guacanagari and his people
6283
helped. All was hurried. The Admiral and Viceroy, now
6284
that his mind was made up, would depart as soon as might
6285
be.
6286
6287
We built La Navidad where it might view the sea, upon
6288
a hillside above a brown river sliding out to ocean. Beyond
6289
the stream, in the groves, a quarter-league away, stood the
6290
hundred huts of Guarico. We built a tower and storehouse
6291
and wall of wood and we digged around all some kind
6292
of moat, and mounted three lombards. All that we could
6293
lift from the Santa Maria and what the _Nina_ could spare
6294
us of arms, conveniences and food went into our arsenal
6295
and storehouse. We had a bubbling spring within the enclosure.
6296
When all was done the tower of La Navidad,
6297
though an infant beside towers of Europe, might suffice
6298
for the first here of its brood. It was done in a week from
6299
that shipwreck.
6300
6301
Who was to be left at La Navidad? Leave was given to
6302
volunteer and the mariners' list was soon made up, good
6303
men and not so good. From the poop there volunteered
6304
Pedro Gutierrez and Roderigo de Escobedo. The Admiral
6305
did not block their wish, but he gave the command not to
6306
Escobedo who wished it, but to Diego de Arana whom
6307
he named to stay, having persuaded him who would rather
6308
have returned with the _Nina_. But he could trust Diego de
6309
Arana, and, with reason, he was not sure of those other hidalgos.
6310
De Arana stayed and fulfilled his trust, and died a brave
6311
man. Fray Ignatio would stay. "Bring me back, Senor, a
6312
goodly bell for the church of La Navidad! A bell and a
6313
font."
6314
6315
Juan Lepe would stay. There needed a physician. But
6316
also Jayme de Marchena would stay. He thought it out.
6317
Six months had not abolished the Holy Office nor converted
6318
to gentleness Don Pedro nor the Dominican.
6319
6320
But the Admiral had assigned me to return with the
6321
_Nina_. I told him in the evening between the sunset and
6322
the moonrise what was the difficulty. He was a man profoundly
6323
religious, and also a docile son of the Church. But
6324
I knew him, and I knew that he would find reasons in
6325
the Bible for not giving me up. The deep man, the whole
6326
man, was not in the grasp of bishop or inquisitor or papal
6327
bull.
6328
6329
He agreed. "Aye, it is wiser! I count two months to
6330
Spain, seeing that we may not have so favorable a voyage.
6331
Three or maybe four there, for our welcome at court, and
6332
for the gathering a fleet--easy now to gather for all will
6333
flock to it, and masters and owners cry, `Take my ship--
6334
and mine!' Two months again to recross. Look for me it
6335
may be in July, it may be in August, it may be in September!"
6336
6337
The Viceroy spoke to us, gathered by our fort, under
6338
the banner of Castile, with behind us on hill brow a cross
6339
gleaming. Again, all that we had done for the world and
6340
might further do! Again, we returning on the _Nina_ or
6341
we remaining at La Navidad were as crusaders, knights
6342
of the Order of the Purpose of God! "Cherish good--
6343
oh, men of the sea and the land, cherish good! Who
6344
betrays here betrays almost as Judas! The Purpose of God
6345
is Strength with Wisdom and Charity which only can make
6346
joy! Therefore be ye here at La Navidad strong, wise and
6347
charitable!"
6348
6349
He said more, and he gave many an explicit direction,
6350
but that was the gist of all. Strength, wisdom and charity.
6351
6352
Likewise he spoke to the Indians and they listened and
6353
promised and meant good. An affection had sprung
6354
between Guacanagari and Christopherus Columbus. So different
6355
they looked! and yet in the breast of each dwelled much
6356
guilelessness and the ability to wonder and revere. The
6357
Viceroy saw in this big, docile ruler of Guarico however
6358
far that might extend, one who would presently be baptized
6359
and become a Christian chief, man of the Viceroy of Hispaniola,
6360
as the latter was man of the Sovereigns of Spain. All
6361
his people would follow Guacanagari. He saw Christendom
6362
here in the west, and a great feudal society, acknowledging
6363
Castile for overlord, and Alexander the Sixth as its spiritual
6364
ruler.
6365
6366
Guacanagari may have seen friends in the gods, and
6367
especially in this their cacique, who with others that they would
6368
bring, would be drawn into Guarico and made one and whole
6369
with the people of the heron. But he never saw Guacanagari
6370
displanted--never saw Europe armed and warlike,
6371
hungry and thirsty.
6372
6373
The _Nina_ and La Navidad bade with tears each the other
6374
farewell. It was the second of January, fourteen hundred
6375
and ninety-three. We had mass under the palm trees, by
6376
the cross, above the fort. Fray Ignatio blessed the going,
6377
blessed the staying. We embraced, we loved one another, we
6378
parted. The _Nina_ was so small a ship, even there just
6379
before us on the blue water! So soon, so soon, the wind
6380
blowing from the land, she was smaller yet, smaller, smaller,
6381
a cock boat, a chip, gone!
6382
6383
Thirty-eight white men watched her from the hill above
6384
the fort, and of the thirty-eight Juan Lepe was the only one
6385
who saw the Admiral come again.
6386
6387
6388
6389
CHAPTER XXIV
6390
6391
THE butio of this town had been absent for some reason
6392
in the great wood those days of the shipwreck and
6393
the building of La Navidad. Now he was again here,
6394
and I consorted with him and chiefly from him learned
6395
their language. The Admiral had taken Diego Colon to
6396
Spain, and to Spain was gone too Luis Torres, swearing
6397
that he would come again. To Spain was gone Sancho, but
6398
Beltran the cook stayed with us. Pedro and Fernando also.
6399
6400
Time passed. With the ending of January the heat increased.
6401
The butio knew all manner of simples; he was
6402
doctor and priest together. He had a very simple magic.
6403
He himself did not expect it to reach the Great Spirit, but
6404
it might affect the innumerable _zemes_ or under and under-
6405
under spirits. These barbarians, using other words for
6406
them, had letter-notion of gnome, sylph, undine and salamander.
6407
All things lived and took offense or became propitious.
6408
Effort consisted in making them propitious. If
6409
the effort was too great one of them killed you. Then you
6410
went to the shadowy caves. There was a paradise, too,
6411
beautiful and easy. But the Great Spirit could not be hurt
6412
and had no wish to hurt any one else, whether _zemes_ or men.
6413
To live with the Great Spirit, that was really the Heron
6414
wish, though the little herons could not always see it.
6415
6416
This butio--Guarin his name--was a young man with
6417
eyes that could burn and voice that fell naturally into a
6418
chant. He took me into the forest with him to look for a
6419
very rare tree. When it was found I watched him gather
6420
plants from beneath it and scrape bits off its bark into a
6421
small calabash. I understood that it was good for fever,
6422
and later I borrowed from him and found that he had
6423
grounds for what he said.
6424
6425
La Navidad and Guarico neighbored each other. The
6426
Indians came freely to the fort, but Diego de Arana made
6427
a good _alcayde_ and he would not have mere crowding within
6428
our wooden wall. Half of our thirty-eight, permitted at a
6429
time to wander, could not crowd Guarico. But in himself
6430
each Spaniard seemed a giant. At first a good giant, profoundly
6431
interesting. But I was to see pleased interest become
6432
a painful interest.
6433
6434
Women. The first complaint arose about the gods or the
6435
giants and women. Guacanagari came to La Navidad with
6436
Guarin and several old men his councilors. Diego de Arana
6437
received them and there was talk under the great tree within
6438
our gate. Then all the garrison was drawn up, and in the
6439
presence of the cacique Arana gave rebuke and command,
6440
and the two that had done the outrage had prison for
6441
a week. It was our first plain showing in this world that
6442
heaven-people or Europeans could differ among themselves
6443
as to right and wrong, could quarrel, upbraid and punish.
6444
But here was evidently good and bad. And what might be
6445
the proportion? As days went by the question gathered in
6446
this people's bosom.
6447
6448
It was not that their women stood aloof from our men.
6449
Many did not so in the least! But it was to be free will and
6450
actual fondness, and in measure.--But there were those
6451
among us who, finding in lonely places, took by force. These
6452
became hated.
6453
6454
Diego de Arana was to collect the gold that was a royal
6455
monopoly. Trading for gold for one's self was forbidden.
6456
Assuredly taking it by force--assuredly all robbery of that
6457
or anything else--was forbidden. But there came a robbery,
6458
and since it was resisted, murder followed. This
6459
was a league from Guarico and from La Navidad. The
6460
slain Indian's companion escaping, told.
6461
6462
This time Diego de Arana went to Guarico and Guacanagari. He took with him a rich present, and he
6463
showed how
6464
the guilty men were punished. "You do not slay them?"
6465
asked Guacanagari. Arana shook his head. He thought
6466
we were too few in this land to be ridding of life the violent
6467
and lustful. But the Indians seemed to think that he said
6468
that he could not. They still doubted, I think, our mortality.
6469
As yet they had seen no mighty stranger bleed or die.
6470
6471
Arana would have kept his garrison within the walls.
6472
But indeed it was not healthful for them there, and at the
6473
very word of confinement faction rose. There were now
6474
two parties in La Navidad, the Commandant's party and
6475
Escobedo's party.
6476
6477
The heat increased. It was now March. An illness fell
6478
among us. I took Guarin into counsel and gave in water the
6479
bitter inner bark of that tree shredded and beaten fine. Those
6480
who shook with cold and burned with fever recovered.
6481
6482
Fray Ignatio was among those who sickened. He left
6483
after some days his hammock, but his strength did not come
6484
back to him. Yet, staff in hand, he went almost daily to
6485
Guarico. Then, like that! Fray Ignatio died. He died
6486
--his heart stopped--on the path between Guarico and
6487
La Navidad. He had been preaching, and then, Guarin told
6488
me, he put his hand to his side, and said, "I will go home!"
6489
He started up the path, but at the big tree he dropped. Men
6490
and women ran to him, but the butio was dead.
6491
6492
We buried Fray Ignatio beneath the cross on the hilltop.
6493
The Indians watched, and now they knew that we could
6494
die.
6495
6496
The heat increased.
6497
6498
At first Diego de Arana sent out at intervals exploring
6499
parties. We were to learn, at least, Guacanagari's country.
6500
But the heat was great, and so many of those left at La
6501
Navidad only idle and sensual. They would push on to a
6502
village--we found in Guacanagari's country many hamlets,
6503
but no other town like Guarico--and there they would
6504
stop, with new women, new talk, and the endless plenty
6505
to eat and sleep in the shade. When, at their own
6506
sweet will, they returned to La Navidad, the difficulties
6507
had been too great. They could not get to the high mountains
6508
where might or might not be the mines. But what
6509
they did was to spread over the country scandalous news of
6510
scandalous gods.
6511
6512
At last Arana sorted out those who could be trusted
6513
at least to strive for knowledge and self-control and sent
6514
these. But that weakened him at La Navidad, draining
6515
him of pure blood and leaving the infected, and by mid-April he ceased any effort at exploration. It must
6516
wait
6517
until the Admiral returned, and he began to be hungry indeed
6518
for that return.
6519
6520
Escobedo and Pedro Gutierrez were not hungry for
6521
it--not yet. These two became the head and front of ill,
6522
encouraging every insubordinate, infuriating all who suffered
6523
penalties, teaching insolence, self-will and license. They
6524
drew their own feather to them, promising evil knows what
6525
freedom for rapine.
6526
6527
All the silver weather, golden weather, diamond weather
6528
since we had left Gomera in the Canaries--how many ages
6529
since!--now was changed. We had thought it would last
6530
always, but now we entered the long season of great heat
6531
and daily rain. At first we thought these rains momentary,
6532
but day after day, week after week, with stifling heat, the
6533
clouds gathered, broke, and came mighty rain that at last
6534
ceased to be refreshing, became only wearying and hateful.
6535
It did not cool us; we lived in a sultry gloom. And the
6536
garrison of La Navidad became very quarrelsome. La Navidad
6537
showed the Indians Europeans cursing one another,
6538
giving blows, only held back by those around from rushing
6539
at each other, stabbing and cutting. Finally they saw Tomaso
6540
Passamonte kill one Jacamo. Diego de Arana hung Tomaso
6541
Passamonte. But what were the Indians to think? Not
6542
what they thought when first we came from the winged
6543
canoes to their beaches.
6544
6545
The last of April fell the second sickness and it was far
6546
worse than the first. Eleven men died, and we buried them.
6547
When it passed we were twenty-five Spaniards in Hispaniola,
6548
and we liked not the Indians as well as we had done, and
6549
they liked not us. Oh, the pity--pity--pity, the pity and
6550
the blame!
6551
6552
Guacanagari came to visit the commandant, none with
6553
him but the butio Guarin, and desiring to speak with
6554
Arana out of the company. They talked beneath the big
6555
tree, that being the most comfortable and commodious council
6556
chamber. Don Diego was imperfect yet in the tongue
6557
of Guarico, and he called Juan Lepe to help him out.
6558
6559
It was a story of Caonabo, cacique of Maguana that ran
6560
into the great mountains of Cibao, that cacique of whom
6561
we had already heard as being like Caribs. Caonabo had
6562
sent quite secretly two of his brothers to Guacanagari. He
6563
had heard ill of the strangers and thought they were demons,
6564
not gods! He advised the cacique of Guarico to surprise
6565
them while they slept and slay them. It was in his experience
6566
that all who ate and slept could be slain. If his brother
6567
Guacanagari needed help in the adventure, Caonabo would
6568
give it. He would even come in person.
6569
6570
Diego de Arana said, "What did you answer, O Cacique."
6571
6572
Guacanagari spoke at some length of our Great Cacique
6573
and his longing that he might return. Everything had gone
6574
well while he was here! "He will return," said Arana.
6575
"And he has your word."
6576
6577
Guacanagari stated that he meant to keep his word. He
6578
had returned answer to Caonabo that there had been misfortunes
6579
but that the mighty strangers were truly mighty,
6580
and almost wholly beneficent. At any rate, he was not
6581
prepared to slay them, did not wish to slay them.
6582
6583
Arana spoke vigorously, pointing out to the cacique all
6584
the kindliness that had attended our first intercourse. The
6585
unhappinesses of February, March and April he attributed
6586
to real demons, not to our own fiend but to small powers
6587
at large, maleficent and alarmed, heathen powers in short,
6588
jealous of the introduction of the Holy Catholic religion.
6589
Guacanagari seemed to understand about these powers. He
6590
looked relieved. But Guarin who was with him regarded
6591
the sea and I saw his lip curl.
6592
6593
The commandant wished to know if there were any danger
6594
of Caonabo, alone, descending upon us from the mountains.
6595
But no! Maguana and Guarico were friends. They
6596
had not always been so, but now they were friends. De
6597
Arana looked doubtfully, and I saw him determine to keep
6598
watch and ward and to hold the men within or near to fort.
6599
But Guacanagari sat serene. He repeated that there were
6600
always preliminaries before wars, and that for a long time
6601
there had only been peace between Guarico and Maguana.
6602
"Caonabo is Carib," said the young copper priest. The
6603
cacique answered, "Carib long ago. Not now."
6604
6605
At sunset, the rain ceasing for a little, the earth smoking,
6606
the west a low, vaporous yellow, the swollen river sounding,
6607
Diego de Arana had summoned by the drum every man in
6608
La Navidad. He stood beneath our banner and put his
6609
hand upon the staff and spoke earnestly to those gathered
6610
before him, in their duty and out of their duty. He told
6611
of Caonabo, and of his own sense that Guacanagari was
6612
too confident. He told of Guacanagari's fidelity to the Admiral,
6613
and he appealed to every Christian there to be at
6614
least as faithful. We were few and far from Spain, and
6615
we had perhaps more than we could conceive in trust. "Far
6616
from Spain, but no farther than we will from the blessed
6617
saints and the true Christ. Let us put less distance there,
6618
being few in this land and in danger!"
6619
6620
He knew that he had a dozen with him, and looked straight
6621
at Escobedo.
6622
6623
The latter said, "Live in the open and die there, if need
6624
be! To live in this rat hole, breathing plague, is dying
6625
already! Caonabo is a fable! These people! Spaniards
6626
have but to lift voice and they flee!"
6627
6628
He received from his following acquiescent sound. Spoke
6629
Pedro Gutierrez. "Guacanagari wishes to bottle us here;
6630
that is the whole of it. Why play his game? I never saw
6631
a safer land! Only La Navidad is not safe!"
6632
6633
Those two had half and perhaps more than half of the
6634
garrison. Arana cried, "Don Roderigo de Escobedo and
6635
Don Pedro Gutierrez, you serve the Queen ill!"
6636
6637
"You, Senor," answered Gutierrez, "serve my Lady Idle
6638
Fear and my Lord Incapacity!"
6639
6640
Whereupon Arana put him in arrest and he lay that night
6641
in prison. The cloud was black over La Navidad.
6642
6643
6644
6645
CHAPTER XXV
6646
6647
IT did not lighten. Escobedo waited two days, then in
6648
the dark night, corrupting the watch, broke gaol for
6649
Pedro Gutierrez and with him and nine men quitted
6650
La Navidad. Beltran the cook it was who heard and procured
6651
a great smoking torch, and sent out against them a
6652
voice like a bull of Bashan's. Arana sprang up, and the
6653
rest of us who slept. They were eleven men, armed and
6654
alert. There were shouts, blows, a clutching and a throwing
6655
off, a detaining and repelling. In the east showed long
6656
ghost fingers, the rain held away. They were at the gate
6657
when we ran upon them; they burst it open and went forth,
6658
leaving one of their own number dead, and two of them
6659
who stayed with Arana desperately hurt. We followed
6660
them down the path, through the wood, but they had the
6661
start. They did not go to Guarico, but they seized the boat
6662
of the _Santa Maria_ which the Admiral had left with us and
6663
went up the river. We heard the dash of their oars, then
6664
the rain came down, with a weeping of every cloud.
6665
6666
The dead man they left behind was Fernando. I had seen
6667
Pedro in the gate, going forth.
6668
6669
Fourteen men, two of whom were ill and two wounded,
6670
stayed at La Navidad. Arana said with passion, "Honest
6671
men and a garrison at one! There is some gain!"
6672
6673
That could not be denied. Gain here, but how about it
6674
yonder?
6675
6676
It was May. And now the rain fell in a great copious
6677
flood, huge-dropped and warm, and now it was restrained
6678
for a little, and there shone a sun confused and fierce. Earth
6679
and forest dripped and streamed and smoked. We were
6680
Andalusians, but the heat drained us. But we held, we fourteen
6681
men. Arana did well at La Navidad. We all did
6682
what we could to live like true not false Castilians, true not
6683
false Christians. And I name Beltran the cook as hero and
6684
mighty encourager of hearts.
6685
6686
We went back and forth between La Navidad and Guarico,
6687
for though the Admiral had left us a store of food we got
6688
from them fruit and maize and cassava. They were all
6689
friendly again, for the fourteen withheld themselves from
6690
excess. Nor did we quarrel among ourselves and show
6691
them European weakness.
6692
6693
Guacanagari remained a big, easy, somewhat slothful,
6694
friendly barbarian, a child in much, but brave enough when
6695
roused and not without common sense. He had an itch for
6696
marvels, loved to hear tales of our world that for all one
6697
could say remained to them witchcraft and cloudland, world
6698
above their world! What could they, who had no great
6699
beasts, make of tales of horsemen? What could their huts
6700
know of palace and tower and cathedral, their swimmers of
6701
stone bridges, their canoes of a thousand ships greater far
6702
than the_ Santa Maria_ and the _Nina_? What could Guarico
6703
know of Seville? In some slight wise they practiced barter,
6704
but huge markets and fairs to which traveled from all quarters
6705
and afar merchants and buyers went with the tales of
6706
horsemen. And so with a thousand things! We were the
6707
waving oak talking to the acorn.
6708
6709
But there were among this folk two or three ready for
6710
knowledge. Guarin was a learning soul. He foregathered
6711
with the physician Juan Lepe, and many a talk they had,
6712
like a master and pupil, in some corner of La Navidad, or
6713
under a palm-thatched roof, or, when the rain held, by river
6714
or sounding sea. He had mind and moral sense, though
6715
not the European mind at best, nor the European moral
6716
sense at highest. But he was well begun. And he had
6717
beauty of form and countenance and an eager, deep eye.
6718
Juan Lepe loved him.
6719
6720
It was June. Guacanagari came to La Navidad, and his
6721
brown face was as serious as a tragedy. "Caonabo?" asked
6722
Diego de Arana.
6723
6724
A fortnight before this the cacique, at Arana's desire,
6725
had sent three Indians in a canoe up the river, the object
6726
news if possible of that ten who had departed in that direction.
6727
Now the Indians were back. They had gone a long
6728
way until the high mountains were just before them, and
6729
there they heard news from the last folk who might be
6730
called Guarico and the first folk who might be called Maguana.
6731
The mighty strangers had gone on up into the
6732
mountains and Caonabo had put them to death.
6733
6734
"To death!"
6735
6736
It appeared that they had seized women and had beaten
6737
men whom they thought had gold which they would not
6738
give. They were madmen, Escobedo and Gutierrez and
6739
all with them!
6740
6741
Guacanagari said that Caonabo had invited them to a feast.
6742
It was spread in three houses, and they were divided so,
6743
and around each Spaniard was put a ring of Indians. They
6744
were eating and drinking. Caonabo entered the first house,
6745
and his coming made the signal. Escobedo and Pedro
6746
Gutierrez were in this house. They raised a shout, "Undone,
6747
Spaniards!" But though they were heard in the
6748
other houses--these houses being nothing more than booths
6749
--it was to no use. There followed struggle and massacre;
6750
finally Gutierrez and Escobedo and eight men lay dead.
6751
But certain Indians were also killed and among them a son
6752
of Caonabo.
6753
6754
It was July. We began to long toward the Admiral's
6755
return. A man among us went melancholy mad, watching
6756
the sea, threatening the rain when it came down and
6757
hid the sea, and the Admiral might go by! At last he threw
6758
himself into ocean and was drowned. Another man was
6759
bitten by a serpent, and we could not save him. We were
6760
twelve Spaniards in La Navidad. We rested friends with
6761
Guarico, though now they held us to be nothing more than
6762
demigods. And indeed by now we were ragged!
6763
6764
Then, in a night, it came.
6765
6766
Guacanagari again appeared. It had reached him from
6767
up the river that Caonabo was making pact with the cacique
6768
of Marien and that the two meant to proceed against us.
6769
Standing, he spoke at length and eloquently. If he rested
6770
our friend, it might end in his having for foes Maguana
6771
and Marien. There had been long peace, and Guarico did
6772
not desire war. Moreover, Caonabo said that it was idle
6773
to dread Caribs and let in the mighty strangers! He said
6774
that all pale men, afraid of themselves so that they covered
6775
themselves up, were filled with evil _zemes_ and were worse
6776
than a thousand Caribs! But Caonabo was a mocker and a
6777
hard-of-heart! Different was Guacanagari. He told us
6778
how different. It all ended in great hope that Caonabo would
6779
think better of it.
6780
6781
We kept watch and ward. Yet we could not be utterly
6782
cooped within La Navidad. Errands must be done, food
6783
be gathered. More than that, to seem to Guarico frightened,
6784
to cry that we must keep day and night behind wall with
6785
cannon trained, notwithstanding that Caonabo might be
6786
asleep in the mountains of Cibao, would be but to mine
6787
our own fame, we who, for all that had passed, still seemed
6788
to this folk mighty, each of us a host in himself! And as
6789
nothing came out of the forest, and no more messengers of
6790
danger, they themselves had ceased to fear, being like children
6791
in this wise. And we, too, at last; for now it was
6792
late August, and the weather was better, and surely, surely,
6793
any day we might see a white point rise from blue ocean,
6794
--a white point and another and another, like stars after
6795
long clouded night skies!
6796
6797
So we watched the sea. And also there was a man to
6798
watch the forest. But we did not conceive that the dragon
6799
would come forth in the daytime, nor that he could come
6800
at any time without our hearing afar the dragging of his
6801
body and the whistling of his breath.
6802
6803
It was halfway between sunrise and noon. Five of us
6804
were in the village, seven at La Navidad. The five were
6805
there for melons and fruit and cassava and tobacco which
6806
we bought with beads and fishhooks and bits of bright cloth.
6807
Three of the seven at La Navidad were out of gate, down
6808
6809
at the river, washing their clothes. Diego Minas, the archer,
6810
on top of wall, watched the forest. Walking below, Beltran
6811
the cook was singing in his big voice a Moorish song
6812
that they made much of year before last in Seville. I had a
6813
book of Messer Petrarca's poems. It had been Gutierrez's,
6814
who left it behind when he broke forth to the mountains.
6815
6816
Beltran's voice suddenly ceased. Diego the archer above
6817
him on wall had cried down, "Hush, will you, a moment!"
6818
Diego de Arana came up. "What is it?"
6819
6820
"I thought," said the archer, "that I heard a strange
6821
shouting from toward village. Hark ye! There!"
6822
6823
We heard it, a confused sound. "Call in the men from
6824
the river!" Arana ordered.
6825
6826
Diego Minas sent his voice down the slope. The three
6827
below by the river also heard the commotion, distant as
6828
Guarico. They were standing up, their eyes turned that
6829
way. Just behind them hung the forest out of which slid,
6830
dark and smooth, the narrow river.
6831
6832
Out of the forest came an arrow and struck to the heart
6833
Gabriel Baraona. Followed it a wild prolonged cry of many
6834
voices, peculiar and curdling to the blood, and fifty--a
6835
hundred--a host of naked men painted black with white
6836
and red and yellow markings. Guarico did not use bow
6837
and arrow, but a Carib cacique knew them, and had so
6838
many, and also lances flint or bone-headed, and clubs with
6839
stones wedged in them and stone knives. Gabriel Baraona
6840
fell, whether dead or not we could not tell. Juan Morcillo
6841
and Gonzalo Fernandez sent a scream for aid up to La
6842
Navidad. Now they were hidden as some small thing by
6843
furious bees. Diego de Arana rushed for his sword. "Down
6844
and cut them out!"
6845
6846
Diego Minas fired the big lombard, but for fear of hurting
6847
our three men sent wide the ball. We looked for terror
6848
always from the flame, the smoke and great noise, and so
6849
there was terror here for a moment and a bearing back in
6850
which Juan and Gonzalo got loose and made a little way up
6851
path. But a barbarian was here who could not long be
6852
terrified. Caonabo sent half his horde against Guarico, but
6853
himself had come to La Navidad. That painted army rallied
6854
and overtook the fleeing men.
6855
6856
Shouting, making his swung sword dazzle in light, Diego
6857
de Arana raced down path, and Diego Minas and Beltran
6858
the cook and Juan Lepe with him. Many a time since then,
6859
in this island, have I seen half a dozen Christians with their
6860
arms and the superstitious terror that surrounded them put
6861
to flight twenty times their number. But this was early,
6862
and the spirit of these naked men not broken, and Caonabo
6863
faced us. It was he himself who, when three or four had
6864
been wounded by Arana, suddenly rushed upon the commandant.
6865
With his stone-headed club he struck the sword
6866
away, and he plunged his knife into Arana's breast. He
6867
died, a brave man who had done his best at La Navidad.
6868
6869
Juan Morcillo and Gonzalo Fernandez and Diego Minas
6870
were slain. I saw a lifted club and swerved, but too late.
6871
6872
Blackness and neither care nor delight. Then, far off,
6873
a little beating of surf on shore, very far and nothing to do
6874
with anything. Then a clue of pain that it seemed I must
6875
follow or that must follow me, and at first it was a little
6876
thin thread, but then a cable and all my care was to thin
6877
it again. It passed into an ache and throb that filled my
6878
being like the rain clouds the sky. Then suddenly there
6879
were yet heavy clouds but the sky around and behind. I
6880
opened my eyes and sat up, but found that my arms were
6881
bound to my sides.
6882
6883
"We aren't dead, and that's some comfort, Doctor, as
6884
the cock said to the other cock in the market pannier!"
6885
It was Beltran the cook who spoke and he was bound like
6886
me. Around us lay the five dead. A score of Indians
6887
warded us, mighty strangers in bonds, and we heard the
6888
rest up at the fort where they were searching and pillaging.
6889
6890
Guarico, and the men there?
6891
6892
We found that out when at last they were done with La
6893
Navidad and they and we were put on the march. We came
6894
to where had been Guarico, and truly for long we had smelled
6895
the burning of it, as we had heard the crying and shouting.
6896
It was all down, the frail houses. I made out in the loud
6897
talking that followed the blending of Caonabo's bands what
6898
had been done and not done. Guacanagari, wounded, was
6899
fled after fighting a while, he and his brother and the butio
6900
and all the people. But the mighty strangers found in the
6901
village, were dead. They had run down to the sea, but
6902
Caonabo's men had caught them, and after hard work killed
6903
them. Juan Lepe and Beltran, passing, saw the five bodies.
6904
6905
I do not think that Caonabo had less than a thousand
6906
with him. He had come in force, and the whole as silent
6907
as a bat or moth. We were to learn over and over again
6908
that "Indians" could do that, travel very silently, creatures
6909
of the forest who took by surprise. Well, Guarico was destroyed,
6910
and Guacanagari and Guarin fled, and in all Hispaniola
6911
were only two Spaniards, and we saw no sail upon the
6912
sea, no sail at all!
6913
6914
6915
6916
CHAPTER XXVI
6917
6918
WE turned from the sea. Thick forest came between
6919
us and it. We were going with Caonabo to the
6920
mountains. Beltran and I thought that it had been
6921
in question whether he should kill us at once, or hold us in
6922
life until we had been shown as trophies in Maguana, and
6923
that the pride and vanity of the latter course prevailed. After
6924
two days in this ruined place, during which we saw no
6925
Guarico Indian, we departed. The raid was over. All their
6926
war is by raid. They carried everything from the fort
6927
save the fort itself and the two lombards. In the narrow
6928
paths that are this world's roads, one man must walk after
6929
another, and their column seems endless where it winds and
6930
is lost and appears again. Beltran and I were no longer
6931
bound. Nor were we treated unkindly, starved nor hurt in
6932
any way. All that waited until we should reach Caonabo's
6933
town.
6934
6935
Caonabo was a most handsome barbarian, strong and
6936
fierce and intelligent, more fierce, more intelligent than Guacanagari.
6937
All had been painted, but the heat of the lowland
6938
and their great exertion had made the coloring run and
6939
mix most unseemly. When they left Guarico they plunged
6940
into the river and washed the whole away, coming out clear
6941
red-brown, shining and better to look upon. Caonabo
6942
washed, but then he would renew his marking with the
6943
paint which he carried with him in a little calabash.
6944
6945
A pool, still and reflecting as any polished shield, made his
6946
mirror. He painted in a terrific pattern what seemed meant
6947
for lightning and serpent. It was armor and plume and
6948
banner to him. I thought of our own devices, comforting
6949
or discomforting kinships! He had black, lustrous hair, no
6950
beard--they pluck out all body hair save the head thatch
6951
--high features, a studied look of settled and cold fierceness.
6952
Such was this Carib in Hispaniola.
6953
6954
Presently they put a watch and the rest all lay down and
6955
slept, Beltran beside me. The day had been clear, and now
6956
a great moon made silver, silver, the land around. It
6957
shone upon the Spanish sailor and upon the Carib chief
6958
and all the naked Manguana men. I thought of Europe,
6959
and of how all this or its like had been going on hundred
6960
years by hundred years, while perished Rome and quickened
6961
our kingdoms, while Charlemagne governed, while the Church
6962
rose until she towered and covered like the sky, while we
6963
went crusades and pilgrimages, while Venice and Genoa
6964
and Lisbon rose and flourished, while letters went on and
6965
we studied Aristotle, while question arose, and wider knowledge.
6966
At last Juan Lepe, too, went to sleep.
6967
6968
Next day we traveled among and over mountains. Our
6969
path, so narrow, climbed by rock and tree. Now it overhung
6970
deep, tree-crammed vales, now it bore through just-
6971
parted cliffs. Beltran and Juan Lepe had need for all their
6972
strength of body.
6973
6974
The worst was that that old tremor and weakness of one
6975
leg and side, left after some sea fight, which had made Beltran
6976
the cook from Beltran the mariner, came back. I saw his
6977
step begin to halt and drag. This increased. An hour later,
6978
the path going over tree roots knotted like serpents, he
6979
stumbled and fell. He picked himself up. "Hard to keep
6980
deck in this gale!"
6981
6982
When he went down there had been an exclamation from
6983
those Indians nearest us. "Aiya!" It was their word for
6984
rotten, no good, spoiled, disappointing, crippled or diseased,
6985
for a misformed child or an old man or woman arrived
6986
at helplessness. Such, I had learned from Guarin, they
6987
almost invariably killed. It was why, from the first, we
6988
hardly saw dwarfed or humped or crippled among them.
6989
6990
We had to cross a torrent upon a tree that falling had
6991
made from side to side a rounded bridge. Again that old
6992
hurt betrayed him. He slipped, would have fallen into the
6993
torrent below, but that I, turning, caught him and the Indian
6994
behind us helped. We managed across. "My ship," said
6995
Beltran, "is going to pieces on the rocks."
6996
6997
The path became ladder steep. Now Beltran delayed all,
6998
for it was a lame man climbing. I helped him all I could.
6999
7000
The sun was near its setting. We were aloft in these
7001
mountains. Green heads still rose over us, but we were
7002
aloft, far above the sea. And now we were going through a
7003
ravine or pass where the walking was better. Here, too, a
7004
wind reached us and it was cooler. Cool eve of the heights
7005
drew on. We came to a bubbling well of coldest water and
7006
drank to our great refreshment. Veritable pine trees, which
7007
we never saw in the lowlands, towered above and sang. The
7008
path was easier, but hardly, hardly, could Beltran drag himself
7009
along it. His arm was over my shoulder.
7010
7011
Out of the dark pass we came upon a table almost bare
7012
of trees and covered with a fine soft grass. The mountains
7013
of Cibao, five leagues--maybe more--away, hung in emerald
7014
purple and gold under the sinking sun. The highest
7015
rocky peaks rose pale gold. Below us and between those
7016
mountains on which we stood and the golden mountains
7017
of Cibao, spread that plain, so beautiful, so wide and long,
7018
so fertile and smiling and vast, that afterwards was
7019
called the Royal Plain! East and west one might not see
7020
the end; south only the golden mountains stopped it. And
7021
rivers shone, one great river and many lesser streams. And
7022
we saw afar many plumes of smoke from many villages,
7023
and we made out maize fields, for the plain was populous.
7024
_Vega Real_! So lovely was it in that bright eve! The very
7025
pain of the day made it lovelier.
7026
7027
The high grassy space ran upon one side to sheer precipice,
7028
dropping clear two hundred feet. But there was camping
7029
ground enough--and the sun almost touched the far,
7030
violet earth.
7031
7032
The Indians threw themselves down. When they had
7033
supper they would eat it, when they had it not they would
7034
wait for breakfast. But Caonabo with twenty young men
7035
came to us. He said something, and my arms were caught
7036
from behind and held. He faced Beltran seated against a
7037
pine. "Aiya!" he said. His voice was deep and harsh, and
7038
be made a gesture of repugnance. There was a powerfully
7039
made Indian beside him, and I saw the last gleam of the
7040
sun strike the long, sharp, stone knife. "Kill!" said the
7041
cacique.
7042
7043
A dozen flung themselves upon Beltran, but there was no
7044
need, for he sat quite still with a steady face. He had time
7045
to cry to Juan Lepe, who cried to him, "That's what I say!
7046
Good cheer and courage and meet again!"
7047
7048
He had no long suffering. The knife was driven quickly
7049
to his heart. They drew the shell to the edge of the precipice
7050
and dropped it over.
7051
7052
It was early night, it was middle night, it was late night.
7053
They had set no watch, for where and what was the danger
7054
here on this mountain top?
7055
7056
One side went down in a precipice, one sloping less steeply
7057
we had climbed from the pine trees and the well, one of a
7058
like descent we would take to-morrow down to the plain,
7059
but the fourth was mountain head hanging above us and
7060
thick wood,--dark, entangled, pathless. And it chanced
7061
or it was that Juan Lepe lay upon the side toward the peak,
7062
close to forest. The Indians had no thought to guard me.
7063
We lay down under the moon, and that bronze host slept,
7064
naked beautiful statues, in every attitude of rest.
7065
7066
The moon shone until there was silver day. Juan Lepe
7067
was not sleeping.
7068
7069
There was no wind, but he watched a branch move. It
7070
looked like a man's arm, then it moved farther and was a
7071
full man,--an Indian, noiseless, out clear in the moon,
7072
from the wood. I knew him. It was the priest Guarin,
7073
priest and physician, for they are the same here. Palm
7074
against earth, I half rose. He nodded, made a sign to rise
7075
wholly and come. I did so. I stood and saw under the
7076
moon no waking face nor upspringing form. I stepped
7077
across an Indian, another, a third. Then was clear space,
7078
the wood, Guarin. There was no sound save only the constant
7079
sound of this forest by night when a million million
7080
insects waken.
7081
7082
He took my hand and drew me into the brake and wilderness.
7083
There was no path. I followed him over I know
7084
not what of twined root and thick ancient soil, a powder
7085
and flake that gave under foot, to a hidden, rocky shelf
7086
that broke and came again and broke and came again. Now
7087
we were a hundred feet above that camp and going over
7088
mountain brow, going to the north again. Gone were Caonabo
7089
and his Indians; gone the view of the plain and the
7090
mountains of Cibao. Again we met low cliff, long stony
7091
ledges sunk in the forest, invisible from below. I began
7092
to see that they would not know how to follow. Caonabo
7093
might know well the mountains of Cibao, but this sierra
7094
that was straight behind Guarico, Guarico knew. It is a
7095
blessed habit of their priests to go wandering in the forest,
7096
making their medicine, learning the country, discovering,
7097
using certain haunts for meditation. Sometimes they are
7098
gone from their villages for days and weeks. None indeed
7099
of these wild peoples fear reasonable solitude. Out of all
7100
which comes the fact that Guarin knew this mountain. We
7101
were not far, as flies the bird, from the burned town of
7102
Guarico, from the sea without sail, from the ruined La
7103
Navidad. When the dawn broke we saw ocean.
7104
7105
He took me straight to a cavern, such another as that in
7106
which Jerez and Luis Torres and I had harbored in Cuba.
7107
But this had fine sand for floor, and a row of calabashes,
7108
and wood laid for fire.
7109
7110
Here Juan Lepe dropped, for all his head was swimming
7111
with weariness.
7112
7113
The sun was up, the place glistered. Guarin showed how
7114
it was hidden. "I found it when I was a boy, and none but
7115
Guarin hath ever come here until you come, Juan Lepe!"
7116
He had no fear, it was evident, of Caonabo's coming. "They
7117
will think your idol helped you away. If they look for you,
7118
it will be in the cloud. They will say, `See that dark mark
7119
moving round edge of cloud mountain! That is he!' "
7120
I asked him, "Where are Guacanagari and the rest?"
7121
7122
"Guacanagari had an arrow through his thigh and a
7123
deep cut upon the head. He was bleeding and in a swoon.
7124
His brother and the Guarico men and I with them took
7125
him, and the women took the children, and we went
7126
away, save a few that were killed, upon the path that we
7127
used when in my father's time, the Caribs came in canoes.
7128
After a while we will go down to Guacanagari. But now
7129
rest!"
7130
7131
He looked at me, and then from a little trickling spring
7132
he took water in a calabash no larger than an orange and
7133
from another vessel a white dust which he stirred into it,
7134
and made me drink. I did not know what it was, but I
7135
went to sleep.
7136
7137
But that sleep did not refresh. It was filled with heavy
7138
and dreadful dreams, and I woke with an aching head and
7139
a burning skin. Juan Lepe who had nursed the sick down
7140
there in La Navidad knew feebly what it was. He saw in
7141
a mist the naked priest, his friend and rescuer, seated upon
7142
the sandy floor regarding him with a wrinkled brow and
7143
compressed lips, and then he sank into fever visions uncouth
7144
and dreadful, or mirage-pleasing with a mirage-ecstasy.
7145
7146
Juan Lepe did not die, but he lay ill and like to die for
7147
two months. It was deep in October, that day at dawn
7148
when I came quietly, evenly, to myself again, and lay most
7149
weak, but with seeing eyes. At first I thought I was alone
7150
in the cavern, but then I saw Guarin where he lay asleep.
7151
7152
That day I strengthened, and the next day and the next.
7153
But I had lain long at the very feet of death, and full
7154
strength was a tortoise in returning. So good to Juan Lepe
7155
was Guarin!
7156
7157
Now he was with me, and now he went away to that
7158
village where was Guacanagari. He had done this from
7159
the first coming here, nursing me, then going down through
7160
the forest to see that all was well with his wounded cacique
7161
and the folk whose butio he was. They knew his ways and
7162
did not try to keep him when he would return to the mountain,
7163
to "make medicine." So none knew of the cavern or
7164
that there was one Spaniard left alive in all Hayti.
7165
7166
I strengthened. At last I could draw myself out of cave
7167
and lie, in the now so pleasant weather, upon the ledge
7168
before it. All the vast heat and moisture was gone by;
7169
now again was weather of last year when we found San
7170
Salvador.
7171
7172
I could see ocean. No sail, and were he returning, surely
7173
it should have been before this! He might never return.
7174
7175
When Guarin was away I sat or lay or moved about a
7176
small demesne and still prospered. There were clean rock,
7177
the water, the marvelous forest. He brought cassava cake,
7178
fruit, fish from the sea. He brought me for entertainment
7179
a talking parrot, and there lived in a seam of the rock a
7180
beautiful lizard with whom I made friends. The air was
7181
balm, balm! A steady soft wind made cataract sound in
7182
the forest. Sunrise, noon, sunset, midnight, were great
7183
glories.
7184
7185
It was November; it was mid-November and after.
7186
7187
Now I was strong and wandered in the forest, though
7188
never far from that cliff and cavern. It was settled between
7189
us that in five days I should go down with Guarin
7190
to Guacanagari. He proposed that I should be taken formally
7191
into the tribe. They had a ceremony of adoption,
7192
and after that Juan Lepe would be Guarico. He would
7193
live with and teach the Guaricos, becoming butio--he and
7194
Guarin butios together. I pondered it. If the Admiral
7195
came not again it was the one thing to do.
7196
7197
I remember the very odor and exquisite touch of the
7198
morning. Guarin was away. I had to myself cave and
7199
ledge and little waterfall and great trees that now I was
7200
telling one from another. I had parrot and lizard and spoke
7201
now to the one and now to the other. I remember the
7202
butterflies and the humming birds.
7203
7204
I looked out to sea and saw a sail!
7205
7206
It was afar, a white point. I leaned against the rock for
7207
I was suddenly weak who the moment before had felt strong.
7208
The white point swelled. It would be a goodly large ship.
7209
Over blue rim slipped another flake. A little off I saw a
7210
third, then a fourth. Juan Lepe rubbed his eyes. Before
7211
there came no more he had counted seventeen sail. They
7212
grew; they were so beauteous. Toward the harbor sailed
7213
a fleet. Now I made out the flagship.
7214
7215
O Life, thou wondrous goddess of happenings!
7216
7217
An hour I sat on cliff edge and watched. They were
7218
making in, the lovely white swans. When they were fairly
7219
near, when in little time the foremost would bring to, down
7220
sail and drop anchor, Juan Lepe, gathering his belongings
7221
together, bidding the lizard farewell and taking the parrot
7222
with him on shoulder, left cavern and cliff and took Guarin's
7223
path down through the forest.
7224
7225
Halfway to level land he met Guarin coming up; the
7226
two met beneath a tree huge and spreading, curtained with
7227
a vine, starred with flowers. "He has come!" cried the
7228
Indian. "They have come!" In his voice was marveling,
7229
awe, perturbation.
7230
7231
The sun in the sky shone, and in the bay hung that wonder
7232
of return, the many ships for the _Nina_. Juan Lepe and
7233
Guarin went on down through wood to a narrow silver
7234
beach, out upon which had cast itself an Indian village.
7235
7236
Guacanagari was not here. He waited within his house
7237
for the Admiral. But his brother, and others of Guarico,
7238
saw me and there rose a clamor and excitement that for the
7239
moment took them from the ships. Guarin explained and
7240
Juan Lepe explained, but still this miraculous day dyed also
7241
for them my presence here. I had been slain, and had come
7242
to life to greet the Great Cacique! It grew to a legend. I
7243
met it so, long afterwards in Hispaniola.
7244
7245
7246
7247
CHAPTER XXVII
7248
7249
ONE by one were incoming, were folding wings, were
7250
anchoring, Spanish ships. Three were larger each
7251
than the _Santa Maria_ and the _Pinta_ together; the
7252
others caravels of varying size. Seventeen in all, a fleet,
7253
crowded with men, having cannon and banners and music.
7254
Europe was coming with strength into Asia! The Indians
7255
on the beach were moved as by an unresting wind. They
7256
had terror, they had delight, and some a mere stupidity of
7257
staring. The greatest ship, the first to anchor, carried the
7258
banner of Castile and Leon, and the Admiral's banner.
7259
Now a boat put off from her, boats also from the two ships
7260
next in grandeur.
7261
7262
As they came over the blue wave Juan Lepe stepped down
7263
sand to water edge. Not here, but somewhat to the west,
7264
before La Navidad would one look for this anchoring. He
7265
thought rightly that the Admiral came here from La Navidad,
7266
where he found only ruin, but also some straying Indian
7267
who could give news. So it was, for presently in the
7268
foremost boat I made out two Guarico men. They had told
7269
of Caonabo and of Guacanagari's fortunes, and of every
7270
Spaniard dead of that illness or slain by Caonabo. They
7271
would put Juan Lepe among these last, but here was Juan
7272
Lepe, one only left of that thirty-eight.
7273
7274
The boat approached. I saw the bared head, higher than
7275
any other, the white hair, the blue-gray eyes, the strong
7276
nose and lips, the whole majestic air of the man, as of a
7277
great one chosen. Master Christopherus--Don Cristoval
7278
--_el Almirante_! One of the rowers, and that was Sancho
7279
with whom I had walked on the Fishertown road, first saw
7280
me and gave a startled cry. All in the boat turned head.
7281
I heard the Admiral's voice, "Aye, it is! It is!"
7282
7283
Boat touched sand, there was landing. All sprang out.
7284
The Admiral took me in his arms. "You alone--one
7285
only?"
7286
7287
I answered, "One only. The most died in their duty."
7288
7289
He released me. "senors, this is senor Juan Lepe, that
7290
good physician whom we left. Now tell--tell all--before
7291
we go among this folk!"
7292
7293
By water edge I told, thirty men of Spain around me.
7294
A woeful story, I made it short. These men listened, and
7295
when it was done fell a silence. Christopherus Columbus
7296
broke it. "The wave sucks under and throws out again,
7297
but we sail the sea, have sailed it and will sail it!--Now
7298
were these Indians false or fair?"
7299
7300
I could tell how fair they had been--could praise Guarico
7301
and Guacanagari and Guarin. He listened with great satisfaction.
7302
"I would lay my head for that Indian!"
7303
7304
Talk with him could not be prolonged, for we were in
7305
a scene of the greatest business and commotion. When I
7306
sought for Guarin he was gone. Nor was Guacanagari yet
7307
at hand. I looked at the swarming ships and ship boats,
7308
and the coming and coming upon the beach of more and
7309
more clothed men, and at the tall green palms and the feathered
7310
mountains. This host, it seemed to me, was not so
7311
artlessly amazed as had been we of the _Santa Maria_, the
7312
_Pinta_ and the _Nina_, when first we came to lands so strange
7313
to Europe. Presently I made out that they had seen others
7314
of these islands and shores. Coming from Spain they had
7315
sailed more southerly than we had done before them. They
7316
had made a great dip and had come north-by-west to Hispaniola.
7317
I heard names of islands given by the Admiral, Dominica,
7318
Marigalante, Guadaloupe, Santa Maria la Antigua,
7319
San Juan. They had anchored by these, set foot
7320
upon them, even fought with people who were Caribs, Caribals
7321
or Cannibals. They had a dozen Caribs, men and
7322
women, prisoners upon the _Marigalante_ that was the Admiral's
7323
ship.
7324
7325
This group about Juan Lepe, survivor of La Navidad,
7326
talked like seasoned finders and takers. For the most part
7327
they were young men and hidalgos, fighters against the
7328
Moors, released by the final conquest of those paynims, out
7329
now for further wild adventure and for gold with which to
7330
return, wealthy and still young, to Spanish country, Spanish
7331
cities, Spanish women! They had the virtue and the vice
7332
of their sort, courage, miraculous generosities and as miraculous
7333
weaknesses. Gold, valor, comradeship--and eyes resting
7334
appraisingly upon young Guarico women there upon the
7335
silver beach with Guarico men.
7336
7337
I heard one cry "Master Juan Lepe!" and turning found
7338
Luis Torres. We embraced, we were so glad each to see
7339
the other. My hidalgos were gone, but before I could
7340
question Luis or he me, there bore down upon us, coming
7341
together like birds, half a dozen friars. "We bring twelve
7342
--number of the Apostles!" said Luis. "Monks and
7343
priests. Father Bernardo Buil is their head. The Holy
7344
Father hath appointed him Vicar here. You won't find him
7345
a Fray Ignatio!"
7346
7347
A bull-necked, dark-browed, choleric looking man addressed
7348
me. His Benedictine dress became him ill. He
7349
should have been a Captain of Free Lances in whatever
7350
brisk war was waging. He said, "The survivor, Juan
7351
Lepe?--We stopped at your La Navidad and found ruin
7352
and emptiness. There must have been ill management--
7353
gross!"
7354
7355
"They are all dead," I answered. "None of us manage
7356
the towers so very well!"
7357
7358
He regarded me more attentively. "The physician, Juan
7359
Lepe. Where did you study?"
7360
7361
"In Poitiers and in Paris, Father."
7362
7363
"You have," he said, "the height and sinew and something
7364
of the eye and voice of a notable disappeared heretic,
7365
Jayme de Marchena, who slipped the Dominicans. I saw
7366
him once from a doorway. But that the Prior of La Rabida
7367
himself told me that he had accurate knowledge that
7368
the man was gone with the Jews to Fez, I could almost think
7369
--But of course it is not possible, and now I see the differences."
7370
7371
I answered him with some indifferent word, and we came
7372
to the Haytiens, and how many had Fray Ignatio made
7373
Christian? "I knew him," said the Benedictine. "A good
7374
man, but weak, weak!"
7375
7376
Juan Lepe asked of the Indians the Admiral had taken
7377
to Spain. "But six reached us alive. We instructed them
7378
and baptized them. A great event--the Grand Cardinal
7379
and the King and the Queen attending! Three died during
7380
the summer, but blessedly, being the first of all their people
7381
in all time to enter heaven. A great salvation!"
7382
7383
He looked at the forest and mountains, the sands, the
7384
Guaricos, as at a city he was besieging.
7385
7386
"Ha!" said Father Buil, and with his missionaries moved
7387
up the beach.
7388
7389
Luis and I began to talk. "No need to tell me that Spain
7390
gave you welcome!"'
7391
7392
"The royalest ever! First we came to Lisbon, driven
7393
in by storm, and had it there from King John, and then to
7394
Palos which, so to speak, went mad! Then through Spain
7395
to Barcelona, where was the court, and all the bells in every
7396
town ringing and every door and window crowded, and here
7397
is the Faery Prince on a white charger, his Indians behind
7398
him and gold and parrots and his sailors! Processions and
7399
processions--alcalde and alcayde and don and friar and
7400
priest, and let us stop at the church and kneel before high
7401
altar, and vow again in seven years to free the Sepulchre!
7402
He hath walked and ridden, waked and slept, in a great, high
7403
vision! Most men have visions but he can sustain vision."
7404
7405
"Aye, he can!"
7406
7407
"So at last into Barcelona, where grandees meet us, and
7408
so on to the court, and music as though the world had turned
7409
music! And the King and Queen and great welcome, and,
7410
`Sit beside us, Don Cristoval Colon!' and `Tell and tell
7411
again', and `Praise we Most High God!' "
7412
7413
"It is something for which to praise! Ends of the earth
7414
beginning to meet."
7415
7416
"Aye! So we write that very night to the Pope to be
7417
confirmed that the glory and profit under God are to Castile
7418
and Aragon. But the Queen thought most of the heathen
7419
brought to Christ. And the Admiral thinks of his sons
7420
and his brothers and his old father, and of the Holy Sepulchre
7421
and of the Prophecies, and he has the joy of the
7422
runner who touches the goal!--I would you could have
7423
seen the royalty with which he was treated--not one day
7424
nor week but a whole summer long--the flocking, the bowing
7425
and capping, the `Do me the honor--', the `I have a
7426
small petition.' Nothing conquers like conquering!"
7427
7428
"He had long patience."
7429
7430
"Aye. Well, he is at height now. But he has got with
7431
him the old disastrous seeds.--Fifteen hundred men, and
7432
among them quite a plenty like Gutierrez and Escobedo!
7433
But there are good men, too, and a great lot of romantical
7434
daredevils. No pressing this time! We might have brought
7435
five thousand could the ships have held them. `Come to the
7436
Indies and make your fortune!'--`Aye, that is my desire!' "
7437
7438
I said, "I am looking now at a romantical daredevil
7439
whom I have seen before, though I am sure that he never
7440
noticed me."
7441
7442
"Don Alonso de Ojeda? He is feather in cap, and sometimes
7443
cap, and even at stress head within the cap! Without
7444
moving you've beckoned him."
7445
7446
There approached a young man of whom I knew something,
7447
having had him pointed out by Enrique de Cerda in
7448
Santa Fe. I had before that heard his name and somewhat
7449
of his exploits. In our day, over all Spain, one might find or
7450
hear of cavaliers of this brand. War with the Moor had
7451
lasted somewhat longer than the old famed war with Troy.
7452
It had modeled youth; young men were old soldiers. When
7453
there came up a sprite like this one he drank war like wine.
7454
A slight young man, taut as a rope in a gale, with dark
7455
eyes and red lips and a swift, decisive step, up he came.
7456
7457
"Oh, you are the man who lived out of all your fort?
7458
How did you manage it?"
7459
7460
"I had a friend among these friendly Indians who rescued
7461
me."
7462
7463
"Yes! It is excellent warfare to have friends.--You
7464
have seen no knight nor men-at-arms, nor heard of such?"
7465
7466
"Not under those names."
7467
7468
"How far do you think we may be from true houses
7469
and cities, castles, fortresses?"
7470
7471
"I haven't the least idea. By the looks of it, pretty far."
7472
7473
"It seems to me that you speak truth," he answered.
7474
"Well, it isn't what we looked for, but it's something! Room
7475
yet to dare!" Off he went, half Mercury, half Mars,
7476
and a sprig of youth to draw the eyes.
7477
7478
"Was there nothing ever heard," I asked Luis, "of the
7479
_Pinta_ and Martin Pinzon?"
7480
7481
"He is dead."
7482
7483
"You saw the wreck?"
7484
7485
"No, not that way, though true it is that he wrecked
7486
himself! I forget that you know nothing. We met the
7487
_Pinta_ last January, not a day from here, with Monte Cristi
7488
there yet in sight. When he came aboard and sat in the
7489
great cabin I do not know what he said, except that it was
7490
of separation by that storm, and the feeling that two parties
7491
discovering would thereby discover the more, and the better
7492
serve their Majesties. The Admiral made no quarrel with
7493
him. He had some gold and some news of coasts that we
7494
had not seen. And he did not seem to think it necessary
7495
to seem penitent or anything but just naturally Martin
7496
Pinzon. So on we sailed together, he on the _Pinta_ and the
7497
Admiral on the _Nina_. But that was a rough voyage home
7498
over Ocean-Sea! Had we had such weather coming, might
7499
have been mutiny and throat-cutting and putting back,
7500
Cathay and India being of no aid to dead men! Six times
7501
at least we thought we were drowned, and made vows,
7502
kneeling all together and the Admiral praying for us, Fray
7503
Ignatio not being there. Then came clear, but beyond
7504
Canaries a three days', three nights' weather that truly drove
7505
us apart, the _Pinta_ and the _Nina_. We lost each other in the
7506
darkness and never found again. We were beaten into the
7507
Tagus, the _Pinta_ on to Bayonne. Then, mid-March, we came
7508
to Palos, landed and the wonder began. And in three days
7509
who should come limping in but the _Pinta_? But she missed
7510
the triumph, and Martin Pinzon was sick, and there was
7511
some coldness shown. He went ashore to his own house,
7512
and his illness growing worse he died there. Well, he had
7513
qualities."
7514
7515
"Aye," I answered, with a vision of the big, bluff, golden-haired man.
7516
7517
"Vicente Pinzon is here; his ship the _Cordera_ yonder.
7518
What's the stir now? The Admiral will go to see Guacanagari?"
7519
7520
That, it seemed, was what it was, and presently came
7521
word that Juan Lepe should go with him. A body of cavaliers
7522
sumptuously clad, some even wearing shining corselet,
7523
greaves and helm, was forming about him who was himself
7524
in a magnificent dress. Besides these were fifty of the
7525
plainer sort, and there lacked not crossbow, lance and arquebus.
7526
And there were banners and music. We were going
7527
like an army to be brotherly with Guacanagari. Father
7528
Buil was going also, and his twelve gowned men. "Who,"
7529
I asked Luis, "is the man beside the Admiral? He seems
7530
his kin."
7531
7532
"He is. It is his brother, Don Diego. He is a good
7533
man, able, too, though not able like the Admiral. They
7534
say the other brother, Bartholomew, who is in England or
7535
in France, is almost as able. How dizzily turns the wheel
7536
for some of us! Yesterday plain Diego and Bartholomew,
7537
a would-be churchman and a shipmaster and chart-maker!
7538
Now Don Diego--Don Bartholomew! And the two sons
7539
watching us off from Cadiz! Pages both of them to the
7540
Prince, and pictures to look at! `Father!' and `Noble
7541
father! and `Forget not your health, who are our Dependance!' "
7542
7543
Waiting for all to start, I yet regarded that huge dazzle
7544
upon the beach, so many landed, so many coming from
7545
the ships, the ships themselves so great a drift of sea birds!
7546
As for those dark folk--what should they think of all
7547
these breakers-in from heaven? It seemed to me to-day
7548
that despite their friendliness shown us here from the first,
7549
despite the miracle and the fed eye and ear and the excitement,
7550
they knew afar a pale Consternation.
7551
7552
At last, to drum and trumpet, we passed from shining
7553
beach into green forest. I found myself for a moment beside
7554
Diego Colon--not the Admiral's brother, but the young
7555
Indian so named. Now he was Christian and clothed, and
7556
truly the Haitiens stared at him hardly less than at the
7557
Admiral. I greeted him and he me. He tried to speak in
7558
Castilian but it was very hard for him, and in a moment we
7559
slipped into Indian.
7560
7561
I asked him, "How did you like Spain?"
7562
7563
He looked at me with a remote and childlike eye and began
7564
to speak of houses and roads and horses and oxen.
7565
7566
A message came from the Admiral at head of column. I
7567
went to him. Men looked at me as I passed them. I was
7568
ragged now, grizzle-bearded and wan, and they seemed to
7569
say, "Is it so this strange land does them? But those first
7570
ones were few and we are many, and it does not lie in our
7571
fortune! Gold lies in ours, and return in splendor and
7572
happiness." But some had more thoughtful eyes and truer
7573
sense of wonder.
7574
7575
We found Guacanagari in a new, large, very clean house,
7576
and found him lying in a great hammock with his leg bound
7577
with cotton web, around him wives and chief men. He sat
7578
up to greet the Admiral and with a noble and affecting air
7579
poured forth speech and laid his hand upon his hidden hurt.
7580
7581
Now I knew, because Guarin had told me so, that that
7582
wound was healed. It had given trouble--the Caribs poisoned
7583
their darts--but now it was well. But they are
7584
simpler minded than we, this folk, and I read Guacanagari
7585
that he must impress the returning gods with his fidelity.
7586
He had proved it, and while Juan Lepe was by he did not
7587
need this mummery, but he had thought that he might need.
7588
So, a big man evidently healthful, he sighed and winced and
7589
half closed his eyes as though half dying still in that old
7590
contest when he had stood by the people from the sky. I
7591
interpreted his speech, the Admiral already understanding,
7592
but not the surrounding cavaliers. It was a high speech or
7593
high assurance that he had done his highest best.
7594
7595
"Do I not believe that, Guacanagari?" said the Admiral,
7596
and thinking of Diego de Arana and Fray Ignatio and others
7597
and of the good hope of La Navidad, tears came into his
7598
eyes.
7599
7600
He sat upon the most honorable block of wood which was
7601
brought him and talked to Guacanagari. Then at his gesture
7602
one brought his presents, a mirror, a rich belt, a knife, a pair
7603
of castanets. Guacanagari, it seemed, since the sighting of
7604
the ships, had made collection on his part. He gave enough
7605
gold to make lustful many an eye looking upon that scene.
7606
7607
The women brought food and set before the Spaniards
7608
in the house. I found Guarin and presently we came to
7609
be standing without the entrance--they had no doors;
7610
sometimes they had curtains of cotton--looking upon that
7611
strange gathering in the little middle square of the town.
7612
So many Spaniards in the palm shadows, and the women
7613
feeding them, and Alonso de Ojeda's hand upon the arm of
7614
a slender brown girl with a wreath of flowers around her
7615
head. Father Buil was within with the Admiral, truculently
7616
and suspiciously regarding the idolater who now had left
7617
the hammock and seemed as well of a wound as any there!
7618
But here without were eight or ten friars, gathered together
7619
under a palm tree, making refection and talking
7620
among themselves. One devout brother, sitting apart and
7621
fasting, told his beads.
7622
7623
Said Guarin, "I have been watching him. He is talking
7624
to his _zeme_.--They are all butios?"
7625
7626
"Yes. Most of them are good men."
7627
7628
"What is going to happen here to all my people? Something
7629
is over against me and my people, I feel it! Even
7630
the cacique has fear."
7631
7632
"It is the dark Ignorance and the light Ignorance, the
7633
clothed Ignorance and the naked Ignorance. I feel it too,
7634
what you feel. But I feel, O Guarin, that the inner and
7635
true Man will not and cannot take hurt!"
7636
7637
He said, "Do they come for good?"
7638
7639
I answered, "There is much good in their coming. Seen
7640
from the mountain brow, enormous good, I think. In the
7641
long run I am fain to think that all have their market here,
7642
you no less than I, Guacanagari no less than the Admiral."
7643
7644
"I do not know that," he said. "It seems to me the
7645
sunny day is dark."
7646
7647
I said, "In the main all things work together, and in the
7648
end is honey."
7649
7650
Out they came from palm-roofed house, the Admiral of
7651
the Ocean-Sea and Viceroy of what Indies he could find
7652
for Spain and Spain could take, and the Indian king or
7653
grandee or princeling. Perceiving that what he did was
7654
appreciated for what it was, Guacanagari had recovered his
7655
lameness. The cotton was no longer about his thigh; he
7656
moved straight and lightly,--a big, easy Indian.
7657
7658
It was now well on in the afternoon, but he would go with
7659
the Mighty Stranger, the Great Cacique his friend, to see
7660
the ships and all the wonders. His was a childlike craving
7661
for pure novelty and marvel.
7662
7663
So we went, all of us, back through vast woodland to
7664
cerulean water. Water was deep, the _Marigalante_ rode close
7665
in, and about and beyond her the _Santa Clara_, the _Cordera_,
7666
the _San Juan_, the _Juana_, another _Nina_, the _Beatrix_ and
7667
many another fair name. They were beautiful, the ships
7668
on the gay water and about them the boats and the red
7669
men's canoes.
7670
7671
We went to the _Marigalante_, I with the Admiral. Dancing
7672
across in the boat there spoke to me Don Diego Colon,
7673
born Giacomo Colombo, and I found him a sober, able man,
7674
with a churchly inclination. Here rose the Marigalante,
7675
and now we were upon it, and it was a greater ship than the
7676
_Santa Maria_, a goodly ship, with goodly gear aboard and
7677
goodly Spaniards. Jayme de Marchena felt the tug of
7678
blood, of home-coming into his country.
7679
7680
7681
7682
CHAPTER XXVIII
7683
7684
FINDING young Sancho upon the _Marigalante_, I kept
7685
him beside me for information's sake. He, too, had
7686
his stories. And he asked me how Pedro and Fernando
7687
died.
7688
7689
In this ship were two sets of captives, animals brought
7690
from Spain and Indians from those fiercer islands to the
7691
south. The _Monsalvat_ that was a freight ship had many
7692
animals, said Sancho, cattle and swine and sheep and goats
7693
and cocks and hens, and thirty horses. But upon the _Marigalante_,
7694
well-penned, the Admiral had a stallion and two
7695
mares, a young bull and a couple of heifers, and two dogs
7696
--bloodhounds. The Caribs were yonder, five men in all.
7697
7698
He took me to see them. They were tall, strong, sullen
7699
and desperate in aspect, hardier, fiercer than Indians of
7700
these northward lands. But they were Indians, and their
7701
guttural speech could be made out, at least in substance.
7702
They asked with a high, contemptuous look when we meant
7703
to slay and eat them.
7704
7705
"They eat men's flesh, every Caribal of them! We saw
7706
horrid things in Guadaloupe!"
7707
7708
Away from these men sat or stood seven women. "They
7709
were captives," said Sancho. "Caribs had ravished them
7710
from other islands and they fled in Guadaloupe to us."
7711
7712
These women, too, seemed more strongly fibred, courageous,
7713
high of head than the Hayti women. There was among
7714
them one to whom the others gave deference, a chieftainess,
7715
strong and warlike in mien, not smoothly young nor after
7716
their notions beautiful, but with an air of sagacity and pride.
7717
A ship boy stood with us. "That is Catalina," he said.
7718
"Ho, Catalina!"
7719
7720
The woman looked at him with disdain and what she
7721
said was, "Young fool with fool-gods!"
7722
7723
"They came to us for refuge," said Sancho. "We think
7724
they are Amazons. There was an island where they fought
7725
us like men--great bow-women! Don Alonso de Ojeda
7726
first called this one Catalina, so now we all call her Catalina.
7727
At first they liked us, but now that they are safe away from
7728
Caribs--all but these five and they can't hurt them--
7729
they sit and pine! I call it ungrateful, Catalina!"
7730
7731
We moved away. There came from the great cabin where
7732
they had wine and fine sweet cakes the Admiral and Guacanagari,
7733
with them Don Diego and three or four cavaliers.
7734
Guarin was not with the cacique, upon the _Marigalante_.
7735
He would not come. I had a vision of him, in the forest,
7736
seated motionless, communing with the deepest self to
7737
which he could reach, seeking light with the other light-seekers.
7738
7739
Christopherus Columbus beckoned me and I went the
7740
round of the ship with him and others and his guest, this
7741
far-away son of Great India. So, presently, he was taken to
7742
view the horses and the cattle. Whoever hath seen lions
7743
brought to a court for show hath seen some shrinking from
7744
too-close and heard timorous asking if the bars be really
7745
strong. And the old, wild beasts at Rome for the games.
7746
If one came by chance upon them in a narrow quarter
7747
there might be terror. And the bull that we goad to madness
7748
for a game in Spain--were barriers down would come
7749
a-scrambling! This cacique had never seen an animal larger
7750
than a fox or a dog, Yet he stood with steadiness, though
7751
his glance shot here and there. The stallion was restless
7752
and fiery-eyed; the bull sent forth a bellow. "Why do they
7753
come? What will they do here? Will you put them in the
7754
forest? The people will be afraid to wander!"
7755
7756
He looked away to sky and sea and shore. "It grows
7757
toward night," he said. "I will go back to my town."
7758
7759
The Admiral said, "I would first show you the Caribs,"
7760
and took him there where they were bound. The Haytien
7761
regarded them, but the Caribs were as contemptuously silent
7762
as might have been Alonso de Ojeda in like circumstances.
7763
Only as Guacanagari turned away, one spoke in a fierce,
7764
monotonous voice. "You also, Haytien, one moon!"
7765
7766
"You lie! Only Caribs!" Guacanagari said back.
7767
7768
The cacique stood before the woman whom they called
7769
Catalina. She broke into speech. It was cacique to
7770
cacique. She was from Boriquen--she would return in a
7771
canoe if she were free! Better drown than live with the
7772
utterly un-understandable--only that they ate and drank
7773
and laid hold of women whether these would or would not,
7774
and were understandable that far! Gods! At first she
7775
thought them gods; now she doubted. They were magicians.
7776
If she were free--if she were free--if she were free!
7777
Home--Boriquen! If not that, at least her own color and
7778
the understandable!"
7779
7780
Guacanagari stood and listened. She spoke so fast--the
7781
Admiral never became quite perfect in Indian tongues, and
7782
few upon the _Marigalante_ were so at this time. Juan Lepe
7783
understood. But just as he was thinking that in duty bound
7784
he must say to the Admiral, "She is undermining reputation.
7785
Best move away!" Guacanagari made a violent gesture
7786
as though he would break a spell. "Where could they
7787
come from with all that they have except from heaven?
7788
Who can plan against gods? It is sin to think of it! _El
7789
Almirante_ will make you happy, Boriquen woman!"
7790
7791
We left the women. But Guacanagari himself was not
7792
happy, as he had been that Christmas-tide when first the
7793
gods came, when the _Santa Maria_ was wrecked and he gave
7794
us hospitality.
7795
7796
The Admiral did not see that he was unhappy. The Admiral
7797
saw always a vast main good, and he thought it pearl
7798
and gold in every fiber. As yet, he saw no rotted string,
7799
no snarl to be untangled. It was his weakness, and maybe,
7800
too, his strength.
7801
7802
The sunset hung over this roadstead and the shore. The
7803
mountains glowed in it, the nearer wood fell dark, the beach
7804
showed milky white, a knot of palms upon a horn of land
7805
caught full gold and shone as though they were in heaven.
7806
Over upon the _Cordera_ they were singing. The long cacique-canoe shot out from the shadow of the
7807
_Marigalante_.
7808
7809
Sun dipped, night cupped hands over the world. The long
7810
day of excitement was over. Mariners slept, adventurers
7811
gentle and simple, the twelve friars and Father Buil. Seventeen
7812
ships, nigh fifteen hundred men of Europe, swinging
7813
with the tide before the land we were to make Spanish.
7814
7815
The watch raised a cry. Springing from his bed Juan Lepe
7816
came on deck to find there confusion, and under the moon
7817
in the clear water, swimming forms, swimming from us
7818
in a kind of desperate haste and strength. There was shouting
7819
to man the boat. One jostling against me cried that
7820
they were the captive Indians. They had broken bonds,
7821
lifted hatch, knocked down the watch, leaped over side.
7822
Another shouted. No, the Caribs were safe. These were
7823
the women--
7824
7825
The women--seven forms might be made out--were
7826
not far from land. I felt tingling across to me their hope
7827
and fear. Out of ship shadow shot after them our boat.
7828
Strongly rowed, it seemed to gain, but they made speed
7829
strongly, strongly. The boat got into trouble with the
7830
shallows. The swimmers now stood and ran, now were
7831
racers; in a moment they would touch the dry, the shining
7832
beach. Out of boat sprang men running after them, running
7833
across low white lines of foam. The women, that
7834
strong woman cacique ahead, left water, raced across sand
7835
toward forest. Two men were gaining, they caught at the
7836
least swift woman. The dark, naked form broke from
7837
them, leaped like a hurt deer and running at speed passed
7838
with all into the ebony band that was forest.
7839
7840
Alonso de Ojeda burst into a great laugh. "Well done,
7841
Catalina!"
7842
7843
The Admiral's place could ever be told by his head over
7844
all. Moreover his warm, lifted, powerfully pulsing nature
7845
was capable of making around him a sphere that tingled
7846
and drew. One not so much saw him as felt him, here,
7847
there. Now I stood beside him where he leaned over rail.
7848
"Gone," he said. "They are gone!" He drew a deep
7849
breath. I can swear that he, too, felt an inner joy that they
7850
had escaped clutching.
7851
7852
But in the morning he sent ashore a large party under
7853
his brother, Don Diego. We received another surprise. No
7854
Indians on the beach, none in the forest, and when they
7855
came to the village, only houses, a few parrots and the
7856
gardens, dewy fresh under the sun's first streaming. No
7857
Indians there, nor man nor woman nor child, not Guacanagari,
7858
not Guarin, not Catalina and her crew--none! They
7859
were gone, and we knew not where, Quisquaya being a huge
7860
country, and the paths yet hidden from us or of doubtful
7861
treading. But the heaped mountains rose before us, and
7862
Juan Lepe at least could feel assured that they were gone
7863
there. They vanished and for long we heard nothing of
7864
them, not of Guacanagari, nor of Guarin who had saved
7865
Juan Lepe, not of Catalina, nor any.
7866
7867
This neighborhood, La Navidad and the shipwreck of the
7868
_Santa Maria_, burned Guarico and now this empty village,
7869
perpetual reminder that in some part our Indian subjects
7870
liked us not so well as formerly and could not be made
7871
Christian with a breath, grew no longer to our choice.
7872
Something of melancholy overhung for the Admiral this part
7873
of Hispaniola. He was seeking a site for a city, but now
7874
he liked it not here. The seventeen ships put on sail and,
7875
a stately flight of birds greater than herons, pursued their
7876
way, easterly now, along the coast of Hispaniola.
7877
7878
Between thirty and forty leagues from the ruin of La
7879
Navidad opened to us a fair, large harbor where two rivers
7880
entered the sea. There was a great forest and bright protruding
7881
rock, and across the south the mountains. When
7882
we landed and explored we found a small Indian village that
7883
had only vaguely heard that gods had descended. Forty
7884
leagues across these forests is a long way. They had heard
7885
a rumor that the cacique of Guarico liked the mighty
7886
strangers and Caonabo liked them not, but as yet knew
7887
little more. The harbor, the land, the two rivers pleased us.
7888
"Here we will build," quoth the Viceroy, "a city named
7889
Isabella."
7890
7891
7892
7893
CHAPTER XXIX
7894
7895
CHRISTMASTIDE, a year from the sinking of the
7896
_Santa Maria_, came to nigh two thousand Christian men
7897
dwelling in some manner of houses by a river in a
7898
land that, so short time before, had never heard the word
7899
"Christmas." Now, in Spain and elsewhere, men and
7900
women, hearing Christmas bells, might wonder, "What
7901
are they doing--are they also going to mass--those
7902
adventurers across the Sea of Darkness? Have they converted
7903
the Indies? Are they moving happily in the golden,
7904
spicy lands? Great marvel! Christ now is born there as
7905
here!"
7906
7907
Juan Lepe chanced to be walking in the cool of the evening
7908
with Don Francisco de Las Casas, a sensible, strong man,
7909
not unread in the philosophers. He spoke to me of his son,
7910
a young man whom he loved, who would sooner or later
7911
come out to him to Hispaniola, if he, the elder, stayed here.
7912
So soon as this we had begun to speak thus, "Come out to
7913
Hispaniola." "Come out to Isabella in Hispaniola." What
7914
a strong wind is life, leaping from continent to continent and
7915
crying, "Home wherever I can breathe and move!" This
7916
young man was Bartolome, then at Salamanca, at the University.
7917
Bartolome de Las Casas, whom Juan Lepe should
7918
live to know and work with. But this evening I heard the
7919
father talk, as any father of any promising son.
7920
7921
With us, too, was Don Juan Ponce de Leon, who had a
7922
story out of Mandeville of a well by the city of Polombe in
7923
Prester John's country. If you drank of the well, though
7924
you were dying you would never more have sickness, and
7925
though you were white-bearded you would come young
7926
again!
7927
7928
The palms waved above Isabella that was building behind
7929
the camp by the river. It was beginning, it was planned
7930
out; the stone church, the stone house of the Viceroy were
7931
already breast-high. A Spanish city building, and the bells
7932
of Europe ringing.
7933
7934
Out sprang the noise of a brawl.--There was that in the
7935
Admiral that would have when it could outward no less
7936
than inward magnificence. He could go like a Spartan or
7937
Diogenes the Cynic, but when the chance came--magnificence!
7938
With him from Spain traveled a Viceroy's household.
7939
He had no less than thirty personal servants and
7940
retainers. Hidalgos here at Isabella had also servants,
7941
but no one more than two or three. It was among these
7942
folk that first arose our amazing jealousies and envies. Now
7943
and again the masters must take part. Not the Viceroy
7944
who in such matters went very stately, but certain of our
7945
gentlemen. Loud and angry voices rose under the palms,
7946
under a sky of pale gold.
7947
7948
Sent for, I found the Admiral lying on his bed, not yet
7949
in his stone house but in a rich and large pavilion brought
7950
out especially for the Viceroy and now pitched upon the
7951
river bank, under palms. I came to him past numbers out
7952
of that thirty. Idle here; they certainly were idle here!
7953
With him I found a secretary, but when he could he preferred
7954
always to write his own letters, in his small, clear,
7955
strong hand, and now he was doing this, propped in bed,
7956
in his brow a knot of pain. He wrote many letters. Long
7957
afterwards I heard that it had become a saying in Spain,
7958
"Write of your matters as often as Christopherus Columbus!"
7959
7960
I sat waiting for him to finish and he saw my eyes upon
7961
yet unfolded pages strewing the table taken from the _Marigalante_
7962
and set here beside him. "Read if you like," he said.
7963
"The ships set sail day after to-morrow."
7964
7965
I took and read in part his letter to a learned man with
7966
whom, once or twice, Jayme de Marchena had talked. It
7967
was a long letter in which the Admiral, thinker to thinker,
7968
set forth his second voyage and now his city building, and
7969
at last certain things for the mind not only of Spain but of
7970
France and Italy and England and Germany. "All lands
7971
and all men whom so far we have come to," wrote the Admiral,
7972
"are heathen and idolaters. In the providence of
7973
God all such are given unto Christendom. Christendom
7974
must take possession through the acts of Christian princes,
7975
under the sanction of Holy Church, allowed by the Pope who
7976
is Christ our King's Viceroy. Seeming hardship bringeth
7977
great gain! Millions of souls converted, are baptized. Every
7978
infant feeleth the saving water. Souls that were lost now
7979
are found. Christ beameth on them! To that, what is it
7980
that the earthly King of a country be changed?"
7981
7982
His quill traveled on over paper. Another sheet came
7983
into my hand. I read it, then sat pondering. He sighed
7984
with pain, pushed all aside and presently bade the secretary
7985
forth. When the man was gone he told me of an agony
7986
behind his eyes that now stabbed and now laid him in a
7987
drowsiness. I did what I could for him then waited until
7988
the access was over. It passed, and he took again his pen.
7989
7990
I said, "You advise that there be made a market for
7991
Carib slaves, balancing thus the negroes the Portuguese are
7992
bringing in, and providing a fund for our needs--"
7993
7994
He said, "They are eaters of men's flesh, intractable and
7995
abominable, not like the gentler people we find hereabouts!
7996
It is certain that before long, fleet after fleet coming, our
7997
two thousand here growing into many thousands, more
7998
cities than Isabella arising, commerce and life as in Europe
7999
beginning--Well, these fiercer, Caribal islands will be overrun,
8000
taken for Spain! What better to do with their people?
8001
I do not wish to slay them and eat them!"
8002
8003
"Slaves--"
8004
8005
"How many Moors in Castile and Arragon, slaves and
8006
none the worse for it, being baptized, being kindly enough
8007
entreated! And now the Portuguese bring Negroes, and
8008
are they the worse off, being taken from a deep damnation?
8009
Long ago, I have read, the English were taken to Rome and
8010
sold in the market place, and the blessed Gregory, seeing
8011
them, cried, `Christ shall be preached in their nation!'
8012
Whereupon he sent Augustine and all England was saved.--
8013
Look you, this world is rude and worketh rudely! But it
8014
climbs in the teeth of its imperfections!"
8015
8016
"I do not doubt that," I said. "When it wills to climb."
8017
8018
"I do but lay it before the Sovereigns," he answered.
8019
"I do not know what they will think of it there. But truly
8020
I know not what else to do with these Asiatics when they
8021
withstand us! And even in slavery they must gain from
8022
Christians! What matters masters when they find the True
8023
Master?"
8024
8025
Juan Lepe brooded still while the pen scratched and
8026
scratched across the page. The noise ceased. I looked up
8027
to see if he were in pain again, and met gray-blue eyes as
8028
longing as a child's. "What I would," he said, "is that
8029
the Lord would give to me forever to sail a great ship, and
8030
to find, forever to find! The sea is wider than the land,
8031
and it sends its waves upon all lands. Not Viceroy, but
8032
the Navigator, the Finder--"
8033
8034
Juan Lepe also thought that there streamed his Genius.
8035
Here he was able, but there played the Fire. But he, like
8036
many another, had bound himself. Don Cristoval Colon--
8037
Viceroy--and eighths and tenths!
8038
8039
8040
8041
CHAPTER XXX
8042
8043
TWELVE of our ships went home to Spain.
8044
8045
February wheeled by. March was here, and every
8046
day the sun sent us more heat.
8047
8048
The Indians around us still were friendly--women and
8049
all. From the first there was straying in the woods with
8050
Indian women. Doubtless now, in the San Salvador islands,
8051
in Cuba and in Hispaniola, among those Guaricos fled from
8052
us to the mountains, would be infants born of Spanish
8053
fathers. Juan Lepe contemplated that filling in the sea between
8054
Asia and Europe with the very blood.
8055
8056
Sickness broke out. It was not such as that first sickness
8057
at La Navidad, but here were many more to lie ill. Besides
8058
Juan Lepe, we now possessed three physicians. They
8059
were skillful, they labored hard, we all labored. Men died
8060
of the malady, but no great number. But now among the
8061
idle of mind and soul and the factious arose the eternal
8062
murmur. Not heaven but hell, these new lands! Not wealth
8063
and happy ease, but poverty and miserable toil! Not forever
8064
new spectacle and greedy wonder, but tiresome river,
8065
forest and sea, tiresome blue heaven, tiresome delving and
8066
building, tiresome rules, restrictions, commandments, yeas
8067
and nays! Parties arose, two main parties, and within each
8068
lesser differings.
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
Back to Full Books
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8081
8082
8083
8084
8085
8086
8087
8088
8089
8090
8091
8092
8093
8094
8095
8096
8097
8098
8099
8100
8101
8102
8103
8104
8105
8106
8107
8108
8109
8110
8111